]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - bfd/elf32-ppc.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
ELF: Consolidate readonly_dynrelocs
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bfd_boolean
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bfd_boolean
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773 \f
1774 static bfd_boolean
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return FALSE;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bfd_boolean
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL)
1839 {
1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1841 size_t extdynsize;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1843
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1845 return -1;
1846
1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1849
1850 extdyn = dynbuf;
1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1856
1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1858 break;
1859
1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1861 {
1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1864 if (got != NULL
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 free (dynbuf);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1875 if (glink_vma == 0)
1876 {
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1879 }
1880
1881 if (glink_vma == 0)
1882 return 0;
1883
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1888 if (glink == NULL)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1895 {
1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1897
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 insn ^= B;
1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1905 for (i = 4;
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1908 i += 4)
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1910 {
1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1912 break;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1926 break;
1927 if (stub_delta > 32)
1928 return 0;
1929
1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1932 return -1;
1933
1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1935 p = relplt->relocation;
1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1937 {
1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 if (p->addend != 0)
1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1941 }
1942
1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1944
1945 if (resolv_vma)
1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947
1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1949 if (s == NULL)
1950 return -1;
1951
1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1956 {
1957 size_t len;
1958
1959 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 stub_off -= 32;
1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1968 s->section = glink;
1969 s->value = stub_off;
1970 s->name = names;
1971 s->udata.p = NULL;
1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1974 names += len;
1975 if (p->addend != 0)
1976 {
1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1980 names += strlen (names);
1981 }
1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1984 ++s;
1985 --p;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1990 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1992 s->section = glink;
1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1994 s->name = names;
1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1997 s++;
1998 count++;
1999
2000 if (resolv_vma)
2001 {
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2004 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2006 s->section = glink;
2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2008 s->name = names;
2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 s++;
2012 count++;
2013 }
2014
2015 return count;
2016 }
2017 \f
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2023 called. */
2024
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2027 struct plt_entry
2028 {
2029 struct plt_entry *next;
2030
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2036 bfd_vma addend;
2037
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2039 asection *sec;
2040
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2042 union
2043 {
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2045 bfd_vma offset;
2046 } plt;
2047
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2050 };
2051
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2055
2056 static int
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2059 {
2060 switch (r_type)
2061 {
2062 default:
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 return 1;
2068
2069 case R_PPC_REL24:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL32:
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2084 }
2085 }
2086
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 shared lib. */
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 {
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2097
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2099 asection *sec;
2100
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count : 31;
2103
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2106 };
2107
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 {
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2113
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2118
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask;
2135
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 symbol. */
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2145
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2149 };
2150
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 {
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2158
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2161
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2163 asection *glink;
2164 asection *dynsbss;
2165 asection *relsbss;
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2167 asection *sbss;
2168 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2169 asection *pltlocal;
2170 asection *relpltlocal;
2171
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2173 asection *srelplt2;
2174
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2177
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2179 bfd *old_bfd;
2180
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 union {
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2184 bfd_vma offset;
2185 } tlsld_got;
2186
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2189
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap;
2194
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2197
2198 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2199 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2200
2201 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2202 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2203 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2204 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2205
2206 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2207 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2208
2209 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2210 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2211
2212 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2213 int plt_entry_size;
2214 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2215 int plt_slot_size;
2216 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2217 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2218
2219 /* Small local sym cache. */
2220 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2221 };
2222
2223 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2224 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2225
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2227 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2228
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2230 relocs. */
2231 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2232
2233 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2234 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2235
2236 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2237
2238 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2239 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2240 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2241
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2247 const char *string)
2248 {
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 subclass. */
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 {
2253 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2255 if (entry == NULL)
2256 return entry;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2261 if (entry != NULL)
2262 {
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2266 }
2267
2268 return entry;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2272
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2275 {
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2279
2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2281 if (ret == NULL)
2282 return NULL;
2283
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2288 {
2289 free (ret);
2290 return NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2297
2298 ret->params = &default_params;
2299
2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2303
2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2307
2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2311
2312 return &ret->elf.root;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2316
2317 void
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2319 {
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2321
2322 if (htab)
2323 htab->params = params;
2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2325 }
2326
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2328
2329 static bfd_boolean
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2331 {
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2333
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2335 return FALSE;
2336
2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2338 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2339 {
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2341 executable. */
2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2345 return FALSE;
2346 }
2347
2348 return TRUE;
2349 }
2350
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2354
2355 static bfd_boolean
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2357 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2358 flagword flags,
2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2360 {
2361 asection *s;
2362
2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2365
2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2367 if (s == NULL)
2368 return FALSE;
2369 lsect->section = s;
2370
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2373
2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2376 return FALSE;
2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2378 return TRUE;
2379 }
2380
2381 static bfd_boolean
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2383 {
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2385 asection *s;
2386 flagword flags;
2387 int p2align;
2388
2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2392 htab->glink = s;
2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2396 if (s == NULL
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2398 return FALSE;
2399
2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2401 {
2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2406 if (s == NULL
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2408 return FALSE;
2409 }
2410
2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2413 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2414 if (s == NULL
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2416 return FALSE;
2417
2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2422 if (s == NULL
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2424 return FALSE;
2425
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2430 flags);
2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2433 return FALSE;
2434
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2436 {
2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2439 htab->relpltlocal
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2443 return FALSE;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2447 &htab->sdata[0]))
2448 return FALSE;
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2451 &htab->sdata[1]))
2452 return FALSE;
2453
2454 return TRUE;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2460
2461 static bfd_boolean
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2463 {
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2465 asection *s;
2466 flagword flags;
2467
2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2469
2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2472 return FALSE;
2473
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2475 return FALSE;
2476
2477 if (htab->glink == NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2479 return FALSE;
2480
2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2483 htab->dynsbss = s;
2484 if (s == NULL)
2485 return FALSE;
2486
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2488 {
2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2492 htab->relsbss = s;
2493 if (s == NULL
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2495 return FALSE;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (htab->is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2500 return FALSE;
2501
2502 s = htab->elf.splt;
2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2508 }
2509
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2511
2512 static void
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2516 {
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2518
2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2521
2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2524
2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2532
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2535 return;
2536
2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2538 {
2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2543
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2547 {
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2549
2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2551 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2552 {
2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2554 q->count += p->count;
2555 *pp = p->next;
2556 break;
2557 }
2558 if (q == NULL)
2559 pp = &p->next;
2560 }
2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2562 }
2563
2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2572
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2575 {
2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 struct plt_entry **entp;
2579 struct plt_entry *ent;
2580
2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2582 {
2583 struct plt_entry *dent;
2584
2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2587 {
2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2589 *entp = ent->next;
2590 break;
2591 }
2592 if (dent == NULL)
2593 entp = &ent->next;
2594 }
2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2596 }
2597
2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2603 {
2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2616
2617 static bfd_boolean
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2619 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection **secp,
2624 bfd_vma *valp)
2625 {
2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2630 {
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2632 put into .sbss. */
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634
2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2637 {
2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2639
2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2642
2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2644 ".sbss",
2645 flags);
2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2647 return FALSE;
2648 }
2649
2650 *secp = htab->sbss;
2651 *valp = sym->st_size;
2652 }
2653
2654 return TRUE;
2655 }
2656 \f
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2658
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2662 bfd_vma addend,
2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2664 {
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2667 return linker_pointers;
2668
2669 return NULL;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2673
2674 static bfd_boolean
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2679 {
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2683 bfd_size_type amt;
2684
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2686
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2688 if (h != NULL)
2689 {
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2691
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2695 rel->r_addend,
2696 lsect))
2697 return TRUE;
2698
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2704
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2707
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2709 if (!ptr)
2710 {
2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2712
2713 amt = num_symbols;
2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2716
2717 if (!ptr)
2718 return FALSE;
2719
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2725 rel->r_addend,
2726 lsect))
2727 return TRUE;
2728
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2737
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2739 return FALSE;
2740
2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2745
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2747 return FALSE;
2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2749 lsect->section->size += 4;
2750
2751 #ifdef DEBUG
2752 fprintf (stderr,
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2755 (long) lsect->section->size);
2756 #endif
2757
2758 return TRUE;
2759 }
2760
2761 static struct plt_entry **
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx,
2765 int tls_type)
2766 {
2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2770
2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2772 {
2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2774
2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2780 return NULL;
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2782 }
2783
2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2789 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2790 }
2791
2792 static bfd_boolean
2793 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2795 {
2796 struct plt_entry *ent;
2797
2798 if (addend < 32768)
2799 sec = NULL;
2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2802 break;
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 {
2805 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 return FALSE;
2809 ent->next = *plist;
2810 ent->sec = sec;
2811 ent->addend = addend;
2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2813 *plist = ent;
2814 }
2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2816 return TRUE;
2817 }
2818
2819 static struct plt_entry *
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2821 {
2822 struct plt_entry *ent;
2823
2824 if (addend < 32768)
2825 sec = NULL;
2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2828 break;
2829 return ent;
2830 }
2831
2832 static bfd_boolean
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2834 {
2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2849
2850 static bfd_boolean
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2852 {
2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2857 }
2858
2859 static void
2860 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2861 {
2862 _bfd_error_handler
2863 /* xgettext:c-format */
2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2865 abfd,
2866 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2868 }
2869
2870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 table. */
2873
2874 static bfd_boolean
2875 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2876 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2877 asection *sec,
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2879 {
2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2885 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2887
2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2889 return TRUE;
2890
2891 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2892 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2893 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2894 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2895 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2896 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2897 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2898 return TRUE;
2899
2900 #ifdef DEBUG
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 sec, abfd);
2903 #endif
2904
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2906
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2910
2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2912 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2913 {
2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2917 return FALSE;
2918 }
2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2924 sreloc = NULL;
2925
2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2928 {
2929 unsigned long r_symndx;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2932 int tls_type;
2933 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2934 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2935 bfd_vma addend;
2936
2937 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2939 h = NULL;
2940 else
2941 {
2942 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2943 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2945 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2946 }
2947
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2950 startup code. */
2951 if (h != NULL
2952 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2953 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2954 {
2955 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2956 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2958 return FALSE;
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2960 }
2961
2962 tls_type = 0;
2963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2964 ifunc = NULL;
2965 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2966 {
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2968 abfd, r_symndx);
2969 if (isym == NULL)
2970 return FALSE;
2971
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2973 {
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2976 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2977 if (ifunc == NULL)
2978 return FALSE;
2979
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2982 no plt calls. */
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2988 {
2989 addend = 0;
2990 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2993 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
2997 addend = rel->r_addend;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
2999 return FALSE;
3000 }
3001 }
3002 }
3003
3004 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3006 && h != NULL
3007 && h == tga)
3008 {
3009 if (rel != relocs
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3013 reloc. */
3014 ;
3015 else
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3018 }
3019
3020 switch (r_type)
3021 {
3022 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3023 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3026 if (h != NULL)
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3028 else
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3030 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3031 return FALSE;
3032 break;
3033
3034 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3035 break;
3036
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3041 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3042 goto dogottls;
3043
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3048 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3049 goto dogottls;
3050
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3056 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3057 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3058 goto dogottls;
3059
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3064 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3065 dogottls:
3066 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3067 /* Fall through. */
3068
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3070 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3076 {
3077 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3078 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3080 return FALSE;
3081 }
3082 if (h != NULL)
3083 {
3084 h->got.refcount += 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3090 return FALSE;
3091
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3093 an ifunc. */
3094 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3095 {
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3097 return FALSE;
3098 }
3099 break;
3100
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3103 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3105 h, rel))
3106 return FALSE;
3107 if (h != NULL)
3108 {
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3110 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3111 }
3112 break;
3113
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3117 {
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3119 return FALSE;
3120 }
3121 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3123 h, rel))
3124 return FALSE;
3125 if (h != NULL)
3126 {
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3128 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3129 }
3130 break;
3131
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3133 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134 /* Fall through. */
3135
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3142 if (h != NULL)
3143 {
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3145 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3146 }
3147 break;
3148
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3159 break;
3160
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3163 {
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3165 return FALSE;
3166 }
3167 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3168 if (h != NULL)
3169 {
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3171 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3172 }
3173 break;
3174
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3179 if (h != NULL)
3180 {
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3182 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3183 }
3184 break;
3185
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3191 if (h != NULL)
3192 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3193 break;
3194
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3196 if (h == NULL)
3197 break;
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3199 goto pltentry;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3202 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3203 /* Fall through. */
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3210 pltentry:
3211 #ifdef DEBUG
3212 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3213 #endif
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3215 if (h == NULL)
3216 {
3217 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3218 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3219 if (pltent == NULL)
3220 return FALSE;
3221 }
3222 else
3223 {
3224 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3226 h->needs_plt = 1;
3227 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3228 }
3229 addend = 0;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3231 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3235 addend = rel->r_addend;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3237 return FALSE;
3238 break;
3239
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3252 break;
3253
3254 case R_PPC_REL16:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3260 break;
3261
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3263 case R_PPC_TLS:
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3265 case R_PPC_NONE:
3266 case R_PPC_max:
3267 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3270 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3271 break;
3272
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3274 case R_PPC_COPY:
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3279 break;
3280
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3282 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3288 break;
3289
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3292 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3293 {
3294 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3295 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3296 }
3297 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3298 {
3299 h->needs_plt = 1;
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3301 return FALSE;
3302 }
3303 break;
3304
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3309 return FALSE;
3310 break;
3311
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3316 return FALSE;
3317 break;
3318
3319 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3325 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3326 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3327 goto dodyn;
3328
3329 /* Nor these. */
3330 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3331 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3332 goto dodyn;
3333
3334 case R_PPC_REL32:
3335 if (h == NULL
3336 && got2 != NULL
3337 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3338 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3339 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3340 {
3341 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3342 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3343 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3344 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3345 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3346 PLT call stubs. */
3347 asection *s;
3348 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3349
3350 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3351 abfd, r_symndx);
3352 if (isym == NULL)
3353 return FALSE;
3354
3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3356 if (s == got2)
3357 {
3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3360 }
3361 }
3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3363 break;
3364 /* fall through */
3365
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3374 {
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3378 return FALSE;
3379
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3381 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3387 }
3388 goto dodyn;
3389
3390 case R_PPC_REL24:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14:
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3394 if (h == NULL)
3395 break;
3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3397 {
3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3399 {
3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3402 }
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 /* fall through */
3406
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3412 {
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3415 h->needs_plt = 1;
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3417 return FALSE;
3418 break;
3419 }
3420
3421 dodyn:
3422 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3423 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3424 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3425 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3426 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3427 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3428 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3429 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3430 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3431 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3432 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3433 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3434 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3435 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3436 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3437 symbol local.
3438
3439 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3440 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3441 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3442 symbol. */
3443 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3444 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3445 || (h != NULL
3446 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3447 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3448 || !h->def_regular))))
3449 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3450 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3451 && h != NULL
3452 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3453 || !h->def_regular)))
3454 {
3455 #ifdef DEBUG
3456 fprintf (stderr,
3457 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3458 "create relocation for %s\n",
3459 (h && h->root.root.string
3460 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3461 #endif
3462 if (sreloc == NULL)
3463 {
3464 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3465 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3466
3467 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3468 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3469
3470 if (sreloc == NULL)
3471 return FALSE;
3472 }
3473
3474 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3475 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3476 if (h != NULL)
3477 {
3478 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3479 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3480
3481 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3482 p = *rel_head;
3483 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3484 {
3485 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3486 if (p == NULL)
3487 return FALSE;
3488 p->next = *rel_head;
3489 *rel_head = p;
3490 p->sec = sec;
3491 p->count = 0;
3492 p->pc_count = 0;
3493 }
3494 p->count += 1;
3495 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3496 p->pc_count += 1;
3497 }
3498 else
3499 {
3500 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3501 We really need local syms available to do this
3502 easily. Oh well. */
3503 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3504 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3505 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3506 asection *s;
3507 void *vpp;
3508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3509
3510 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3511 abfd, r_symndx);
3512 if (isym == NULL)
3513 return FALSE;
3514
3515 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3516 if (s == NULL)
3517 s = sec;
3518
3519 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3520 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3521 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3522 p = *rel_head;
3523 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3524 p = p->next;
3525 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3526 {
3527 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3528 if (p == NULL)
3529 return FALSE;
3530 p->next = *rel_head;
3531 *rel_head = p;
3532 p->sec = sec;
3533 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3534 p->count = 0;
3535 }
3536 p->count += 1;
3537 }
3538 }
3539
3540 break;
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 return TRUE;
3545 }
3546 \f
3547 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3548 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3549 bfd_boolean
3550 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3551 {
3552 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3553 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3554 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3555 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3556 bfd_boolean warn_only;
3557
3558 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3559 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3560 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3561 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3562 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3563 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3564 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3565 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3566 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3567
3568 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3569 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3570
3571 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3572 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3573
3574 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3575 {
3576 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3577 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3578 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3579
3580 if (in_fp == 0)
3581 ;
3582 else if (out_fp == 0)
3583 {
3584 if (!warn_only)
3585 {
3586 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3587 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3588 last_fp = ibfd;
3589 }
3590 }
3591 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3592 {
3593 _bfd_error_handler
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3596 last_fp, ibfd);
3597 ret = warn_only;
3598 }
3599 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3600 {
3601 _bfd_error_handler
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3604 ibfd, last_fp);
3605 ret = warn_only;
3606 }
3607 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3608 {
3609 _bfd_error_handler
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3613 ret = warn_only;
3614 }
3615 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3616 {
3617 _bfd_error_handler
3618 /* xgettext:c-format */
3619 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3620 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3621 ret = warn_only;
3622 }
3623
3624 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3625 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3626 if (in_fp == 0)
3627 ;
3628 else if (out_fp == 0)
3629 {
3630 if (!warn_only)
3631 {
3632 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3633 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3634 last_ld = ibfd;
3635 }
3636 }
3637 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3638 {
3639 _bfd_error_handler
3640 /* xgettext:c-format */
3641 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3642 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3643 ret = warn_only;
3644 }
3645 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3646 {
3647 _bfd_error_handler
3648 /* xgettext:c-format */
3649 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3650 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3651 ret = warn_only;
3652 }
3653 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3654 {
3655 _bfd_error_handler
3656 /* xgettext:c-format */
3657 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3658 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3659 ret = warn_only;
3660 }
3661 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3662 {
3663 _bfd_error_handler
3664 /* xgettext:c-format */
3665 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3666 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3667 ret = warn_only;
3668 }
3669 }
3670
3671 if (!ret)
3672 {
3673 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3675 }
3676 return ret;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3680 there are conflicting attributes. */
3681 static bfd_boolean
3682 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3683 {
3684 bfd *obfd;
3685 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3686 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3687 bfd_boolean ret;
3688
3689 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3690 return FALSE;
3691
3692 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3693 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3694 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3695
3696 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3697 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3698 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3699 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3700 ret = TRUE;
3701 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3702 {
3703 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3704 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3705 static bfd *last_vec;
3706
3707 if (in_vec == 0)
3708 ;
3709 else if (out_vec == 0)
3710 {
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3712 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3713 last_vec = ibfd;
3714 }
3715 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3716 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3717 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3718 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3719 case too. */
3720 else if (in_vec == 1)
3721 ;
3722 else if (out_vec == 1)
3723 {
3724 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3725 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3726 last_vec = ibfd;
3727 }
3728 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3729 {
3730 _bfd_error_handler
3731 /* xgettext:c-format */
3732 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3733 last_vec, ibfd);
3734 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3735 ret = FALSE;
3736 }
3737 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3738 {
3739 _bfd_error_handler
3740 /* xgettext:c-format */
3741 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3742 ibfd, last_vec);
3743 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3744 ret = FALSE;
3745 }
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3749 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3750 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3751 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3752 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3753 {
3754 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3755 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3756 static bfd *last_struct;
3757
3758 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3759 ;
3760 else if (out_struct == 0)
3761 {
3762 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3763 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3764 last_struct = ibfd;
3765 }
3766 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3767 {
3768 _bfd_error_handler
3769 /* xgettext:c-format */
3770 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3771 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3772 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3773 ret = FALSE;
3774 }
3775 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3776 {
3777 _bfd_error_handler
3778 /* xgettext:c-format */
3779 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3780 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3781 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3782 ret = FALSE;
3783 }
3784 }
3785 if (!ret)
3786 {
3787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3788 return FALSE;
3789 }
3790
3791 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3792 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3796 object file when linking. */
3797
3798 static bfd_boolean
3799 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3800 {
3801 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3802 flagword old_flags;
3803 flagword new_flags;
3804 bfd_boolean error;
3805
3806 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3807 return TRUE;
3808
3809 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3810 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3811 return FALSE;
3812
3813 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3814 return FALSE;
3815
3816 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3817 return TRUE;
3818
3819 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3820 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3821 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3822 {
3823 /* First call, no flags set. */
3824 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3825 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3826 }
3827
3828 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3829 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3830 ;
3831
3832 /* Incompatible flags. */
3833 else
3834 {
3835 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3836 to be linked with either. */
3837 error = FALSE;
3838 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3839 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3840 {
3841 error = TRUE;
3842 _bfd_error_handler
3843 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3844 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3845 }
3846 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3847 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3848 {
3849 error = TRUE;
3850 _bfd_error_handler
3851 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3852 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3856 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3857 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3858
3859 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3860 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3861 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3862 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3863 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3864 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3865
3866 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3867 any module uses it. */
3868 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3869
3870 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3871 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3872
3873 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3874 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3875 {
3876 error = TRUE;
3877 _bfd_error_handler
3878 /* xgettext:c-format */
3879 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3880 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3881 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3882 }
3883
3884 if (error)
3885 {
3886 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3887 return FALSE;
3888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 return TRUE;
3892 }
3893
3894 static void
3895 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3896 asection *input_section,
3897 unsigned long offset,
3898 bfd_byte *loc,
3899 bfd_vma value,
3900 split16_format_type split16_format,
3901 bfd_boolean fixup)
3902 {
3903 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3904
3905 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3906 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3907 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3910 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3912 {
3913 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3914 {
3915 if (fixup)
3916 split16_format = split16a_type;
3917 else
3918 _bfd_error_handler
3919 /* xgettext:c-format */
3920 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3921 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3922 }
3923 }
3924 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3925 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3926 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3927 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3928 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3929 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3930 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3931 {
3932 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3933 {
3934 if (fixup)
3935 split16_format = split16d_type;
3936 else
3937 _bfd_error_handler
3938 /* xgettext:c-format */
3939 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3940 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3941 }
3942 }
3943 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3944 {
3945 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3946 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3947 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3948 {
3949 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3950 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3951 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 }
3953 }
3954 else
3955 {
3956 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3958 }
3959 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3960 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3961 }
3962
3963 static void
3964 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3965 {
3966 unsigned int insn;
3967
3968 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3969 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3970 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3971 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3972 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3973 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3974 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3975 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3977 }
3978
3979 \f
3980 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3981 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3982 int
3983 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3984 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3985 {
3986 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3987 flagword flags;
3988
3989 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3990
3991 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3992 {
3993 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3994
3995 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3996 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3997 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3998 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3999 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
4000 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
4001 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4002 || h->needs_plt)
4003 && h->ref_regular
4004 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4005 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4006 {
4007 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4008 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4009 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4010 r30 to be set up. */
4011 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4012 }
4013 else
4014 {
4015 bfd *ibfd;
4016 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4017
4018 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4019 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4020 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4021 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4022 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4023 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4024 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4025 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4026 {
4027 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4028 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4029 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4030 {
4031 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4032 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4033 break;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4037 }
4038 }
4039 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4040 {
4041 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4042 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4043 else
4044 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4045 }
4046
4047 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4048
4049 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4050 {
4051 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4052 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4053
4054 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4055 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4057 return -1;
4058
4059 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4060 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4062 return -1;
4063 }
4064 else
4065 {
4066 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4067 if (htab->glink != NULL
4068 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4069 return -1;
4070 }
4071 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4072 }
4073 \f
4074 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4075 relocation. */
4076
4077 static asection *
4078 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4079 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4080 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4081 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4082 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4083 {
4084 if (h != NULL)
4085 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4086 {
4087 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4088 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4089 return NULL;
4090 }
4091
4092 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4093 }
4094
4095 static bfd_boolean
4096 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4097 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4098 asection **symsecp,
4099 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4100 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4101 unsigned long r_symndx,
4102 bfd *ibfd)
4103 {
4104 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4105
4106 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4107 {
4108 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4109 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4110
4111 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4112 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4114 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4115
4116 if (hp != NULL)
4117 *hp = h;
4118
4119 if (symp != NULL)
4120 *symp = NULL;
4121
4122 if (symsecp != NULL)
4123 {
4124 asection *symsec = NULL;
4125 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4126 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4127 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4128 *symsecp = symsec;
4129 }
4130
4131 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4132 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4133 }
4134 else
4135 {
4136 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4137 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4138
4139 if (locsyms == NULL)
4140 {
4141 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4142 if (locsyms == NULL)
4143 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4144 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4145 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4146 if (locsyms == NULL)
4147 return FALSE;
4148 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4149 }
4150 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4151
4152 if (hp != NULL)
4153 *hp = NULL;
4154
4155 if (symp != NULL)
4156 *symp = sym;
4157
4158 if (symsecp != NULL)
4159 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4160
4161 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4162 {
4163 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4164 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4165
4166 tls_mask = NULL;
4167 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4168 if (local_got != NULL)
4169 {
4170 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4171 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4172 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4173 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4174 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4175 }
4176 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 return TRUE;
4180 }
4181 \f
4182 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4183 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4184
4185 bfd_boolean
4186 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4187 {
4188 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4189 bfd *ibfd;
4190 asection *sec;
4191 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4192
4193 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4194 if (htab == NULL)
4195 return FALSE;
4196
4197 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4198 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4199 between the call and its destination. */
4200 limit = 0x1e00000;
4201 low_vma = -1;
4202 high_vma = 0;
4203 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4204 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4205 {
4206 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4207 low_vma = sec->vma;
4208 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4209 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4213 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4214 is local. */
4215 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4216 {
4217 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4218 return TRUE;
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4222 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4223 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4224 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4225 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4226 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4227 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4228 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4229 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4230 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4231 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4232 together except their symbol. */
4233
4234 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4237 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4238
4239 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4240 continue;
4241
4242 local_syms = NULL;
4243 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4244
4245 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4246 if (sec->has_pltcall
4247 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4248 {
4249 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4250
4251 /* Read the relocations. */
4252 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4253 info->keep_memory);
4254 if (relstart == NULL)
4255 return FALSE;
4256
4257 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4258 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4259 {
4260 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4261 unsigned long r_symndx;
4262 asection *sym_sec;
4263 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4264 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4265 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4266
4267 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4268 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4269 continue;
4270
4271 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4272 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4273 r_symndx, ibfd))
4274 {
4275 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4276 free (relstart);
4277 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4278 free (local_syms);
4279 return FALSE;
4280 }
4281
4282 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4283 {
4284 bfd_vma from, to;
4285 if (h != NULL)
4286 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4287 else
4288 to = sym->st_value;
4289 to += (rel->r_addend
4290 + sym_sec->output_offset
4291 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4292 from = (rel->r_offset
4293 + sec->output_offset
4294 + sec->output_section->vma);
4295 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4296 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4297 }
4298 }
4299 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4300 free (relstart);
4301 }
4302
4303 if (local_syms != NULL
4304 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4305 {
4306 if (!info->keep_memory)
4307 free (local_syms);
4308 else
4309 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4310 }
4311 }
4312
4313 return TRUE;
4314 }
4315
4316 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4317 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4318
4319 asection *
4320 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4321 {
4322 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4323
4324 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4325 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4326 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4327 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4328 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4329
4330 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4331 {
4332 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4333 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4334 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4335 if (opt != NULL
4336 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4337 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4338 {
4339 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4340 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4341 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4342 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4343 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4344 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4345 && tga != NULL
4346 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4347 || tga->needs_plt)
4348 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4349 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4350 {
4351 struct plt_entry *ent;
4352 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4353 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4354 break;
4355 if (ent != NULL)
4356 {
4357 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4358 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4359 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4360 opt->mark = 1;
4361 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4362 {
4363 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4364 opt->dynindx = -1;
4365 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4366 opt->dynstr_index);
4367 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4368 return FALSE;
4369 }
4370 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4371 }
4372 }
4373 }
4374 else
4375 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4376 }
4377 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4378 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4379 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4380 {
4381 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4382 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4383 }
4384
4385 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4386 }
4387
4388 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4389 HASH. */
4390
4391 static bfd_boolean
4392 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4393 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4394 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4395 {
4396 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4397 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4398 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4399
4400 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4401 {
4402 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4403 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4404
4405 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4406 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4407 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4408 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4409 if (h == hash)
4410 return TRUE;
4411 }
4412 return FALSE;
4413 }
4414
4415 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4416 opportunities. */
4417
4418 bfd_boolean
4419 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4420 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4421 {
4422 bfd *ibfd;
4423 asection *sec;
4424 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4425 int pass;
4426
4427 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4428 return TRUE;
4429
4430 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4431 if (htab == NULL)
4432 return FALSE;
4433
4434 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4435 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4436 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4437 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4438 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4439 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4440 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4441 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4442 {
4443 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4444 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4445
4446 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4447 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4448 {
4449 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4450 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4451
4452 /* Read the relocations. */
4453 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4454 info->keep_memory);
4455 if (relstart == NULL)
4456 return FALSE;
4457
4458 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4459 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4460 {
4461 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4462 unsigned long r_symndx;
4463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4464 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4465 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4466 bfd_boolean is_local;
4467 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4468
4469 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4470 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4471 {
4472 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4473
4474 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4475 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4476 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4477 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4478 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4479 }
4480
4481 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4482 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4483 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4484 without marker relocs, then check that each
4485 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4486 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4487 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4488 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4489 if (pass == 0
4490 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4491 && h != NULL
4492 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4493 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4494 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4495 {
4496 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4497 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4498 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4499 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4500 free (relstart);
4501 return TRUE;
4502 }
4503
4504 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4505 switch (r_type)
4506 {
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4509 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4510 /* Fall through. */
4511
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4514 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4515 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4516 that turns out to be the case. */
4517 if (!is_local)
4518 continue;
4519
4520 /* LD -> LE */
4521 tls_set = 0;
4522 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4523 break;
4524
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4527 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4528 /* Fall through. */
4529
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4532 if (is_local)
4533 /* GD -> LE */
4534 tls_set = 0;
4535 else
4536 /* GD -> IE */
4537 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4539 break;
4540
4541 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4542 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4543 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4544 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4545 if (is_local)
4546 {
4547 /* IE -> LE */
4548 tls_set = 0;
4549 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4550 break;
4551 }
4552 else
4553 continue;
4554
4555 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4556 if (!is_local)
4557 continue;
4558 /* Fall through. */
4559 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4560 if (rel + 1 < relend
4561 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4562 {
4563 if (pass != 0
4564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4565 {
4566 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4567 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4568 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4569 {
4570 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4571
4572 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4573 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4574 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4575 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4576 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4577 if (h != NULL)
4578 {
4579 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4580 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4581
4582 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4583 addend = rel->r_addend;
4584 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4585 got2, addend);
4586 if (ent != NULL
4587 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4588 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4589 }
4590 }
4591 }
4592 continue;
4593 }
4594 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4595 tls_set = 0;
4596 tls_clear = 0;
4597 break;
4598
4599 default:
4600 continue;
4601 }
4602
4603 if (pass == 0)
4604 {
4605 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4606 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4607 continue;
4608
4609 if (rel + 1 < relend
4610 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4611 htab->tls_get_addr))
4612 continue;
4613
4614 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4615 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4616 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4617 the entire optimization. */
4618 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4619 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4620 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4621 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4622 free (relstart);
4623 return TRUE;
4624 }
4625
4626 if (h != NULL)
4627 {
4628 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4629 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4630 }
4631 else
4632 {
4633 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4634 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4635 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4636
4637 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4638 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4639 abort ();
4640 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4641 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4642 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4643 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4644 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4645 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4646 }
4647
4648 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4649 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4650 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4651 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4652 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4653 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4654 Disable optimization in this case. */
4655 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4656 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4657 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4658 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4659 continue;
4660
4661 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4662 {
4663 struct plt_entry *ent;
4664 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4665
4666 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4667 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4668 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4669 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4670 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4671 got2, addend);
4672 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4673 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4674 }
4675 if (tls_clear == 0)
4676 continue;
4677
4678 if (tls_set == 0)
4679 {
4680 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4681 if (*got_count > 0)
4682 *got_count -= 1;
4683 }
4684
4685 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4686 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4687 }
4688
4689 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4690 free (relstart);
4691 }
4692 }
4693 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4694 return TRUE;
4695 }
4696 \f
4697 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4698 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4699 size_dynamic_sections. */
4700
4701 static bfd_boolean
4702 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4703 {
4704 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4705 do
4706 {
4707 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4708 return TRUE;
4709 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4710 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4711
4712 return FALSE;
4713 }
4714
4715 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4716
4717 static bfd_boolean
4718 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4719 {
4720 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4721
4722 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4723 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4724 return TRUE;
4725 return FALSE;
4726 }
4727
4728 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4729 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4730 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4731 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4732 understand. */
4733
4734 static bfd_boolean
4735 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4736 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4737 {
4738 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4739 asection *s;
4740
4741 #ifdef DEBUG
4742 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4743 h->root.root.string);
4744 #endif
4745
4746 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4747 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4749 && (h->needs_plt
4750 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4751 || h->is_weakalias
4752 || (h->def_dynamic
4753 && h->ref_regular
4754 && !h->def_regular)));
4755
4756 /* Deal with function syms. */
4757 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4758 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4759 || h->needs_plt)
4760 {
4761 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4762 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4763 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4764 function symbol is local. */
4765 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4766 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4767
4768 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4769 won't need a .plt entry. */
4770 struct plt_entry *ent;
4771 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4772 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4773 break;
4774 if (ent == NULL
4775 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4776 && local
4777 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4778 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4779 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4780 {
4781 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4782
4783 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4784 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4785 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4786
4787 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4788
4789 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4790 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4791 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4792 h->needs_plt = 0;
4793 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4794 }
4795 else
4796 {
4797 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4798 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4799 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4800 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4801 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4802 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4803 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4804 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4805 than link time. */
4806 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4807 || (h->non_got_ref
4808 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4809 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4810 && !htab->is_vxworks
4811 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4812 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4813 {
4814 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4815 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4816 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4817 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4818 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4819 }
4820 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4821 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4822 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4823 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4824 }
4825 h->protected_def = 0;
4826 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4827 return TRUE;
4828 }
4829 else
4830 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4831
4832 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4833 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4834 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4835 if (h->is_weakalias)
4836 {
4837 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4838 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4839 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4840 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4841 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4842 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4843 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4844 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4845 return TRUE;
4846 }
4847
4848 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4849 is not a function. */
4850
4851 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4852 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4853 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4854 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4855 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4856 {
4857 h->protected_def = 0;
4858 return TRUE;
4859 }
4860
4861 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4862 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4863 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4864 {
4865 h->protected_def = 0;
4866 return TRUE;
4867 }
4868
4869 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4870 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4871 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4872 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4873 if (h->protected_def)
4874 {
4875 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4876 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4877 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4878 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4879 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4880 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4881 return TRUE;
4882 }
4883
4884 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4885 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4886 return TRUE;
4887
4888 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4889 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4890 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4891 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4892 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4893 executable. */
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4896 && !htab->is_vxworks
4897 && !h->def_regular
4898 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4899 return TRUE;
4900
4901 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4902 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4903 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4904 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4905 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4906 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4907 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4908 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4909 same memory location for the variable.
4910
4911 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4912 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4913 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4914 s = htab->dynsbss;
4915 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4916 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4917 else
4918 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4919 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4920
4921 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4922 {
4923 asection *srel;
4924
4925 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4926 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4927 and into the runtime process image. */
4928 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4929 srel = htab->relsbss;
4930 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4931 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4932 else
4933 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4935 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4936 h->needs_copy = 1;
4937 }
4938
4939 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4940 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4941 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4942 }
4943 \f
4944 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4945 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4946 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4947 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4948 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4949
4950 static bfd_boolean
4951 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4952 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4953 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4954 {
4955 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4956 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4957 char *name;
4958 const char *stub;
4959 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4960
4961 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4962 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4963 else
4964 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4965
4966 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4967 len2 = strlen (stub);
4968 len3 = 0;
4969 if (ent->sec)
4970 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4971 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4972 if (name == NULL)
4973 return FALSE;
4974 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4975 if (ent->sec)
4976 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4977 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4978 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4979 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
4980 if (sh == NULL)
4981 return FALSE;
4982 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4983 {
4984 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4985 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
4986 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
4987 sh->ref_regular = 1;
4988 sh->def_regular = 1;
4989 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
4990 sh->forced_local = 1;
4991 sh->non_elf = 0;
4992 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
4993 }
4994 return TRUE;
4995 }
4996
4997 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4998 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4999
5000 static bfd_vma
5001 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5002 {
5003 bfd_vma where;
5004 unsigned int max_before_header;
5005
5006 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5007 {
5008 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5009 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5010 }
5011 else
5012 {
5013 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5014 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5015 {
5016 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5017 htab->got_gap -= need;
5018 }
5019 else
5020 {
5021 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5022 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5023 {
5024 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5025 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5026 }
5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5029 }
5030 }
5031 return where;
5032 }
5033
5034 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5035 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5036
5037 static inline unsigned int
5038 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5039 {
5040 unsigned int need;
5041 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5042 need = 4;
5043 else
5044 {
5045 need = 0;
5046 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5047 need += 8;
5048 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5049 need += 4;
5050 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5051 need += 4;
5052 }
5053 return need;
5054 }
5055
5056 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5057
5058 static bfd_boolean
5059 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5060 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5061 {
5062 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5063
5064 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5065 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5066 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5067 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5068 && h->dynindx == -1
5069 && !h->forced_local
5070 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5071 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5072 return TRUE;
5073 }
5074
5075 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5076
5077 static bfd_boolean
5078 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5079 {
5080 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5081 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5082 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5083 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5084 bfd_boolean dyn;
5085
5086 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5087 return TRUE;
5088
5089 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5090 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5091 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5092 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5093 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5094 && eh->elf.protected_def
5095 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5096 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5097 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5098 {
5099 unsigned int need;
5100
5101 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5102 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5103 return FALSE;
5104
5105 need = 0;
5106 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5107 {
5108 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5109 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5110 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5111 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5112 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5113 else
5114 need += 8;
5115 }
5116 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5117 if (need == 0)
5118 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5119 else
5120 {
5121 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5122 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5123 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5124 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5125 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5126 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5127 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5128 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5129 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5130 {
5131 asection *rsec;
5132
5133 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5134 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5135 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5136 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5137 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5138 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5139 rsec->size += need;
5140 }
5141 }
5142 }
5143 else
5144 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5145
5146 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5147 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5148 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5149 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5150 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5151
5152 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5153 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5154 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5155 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5156
5157 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5158 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5159 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5160 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5161
5162 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5163 ;
5164
5165 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5166 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5167 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5168 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5169 changes. */
5170 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5171 {
5172 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5173 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5174 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5175 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5176 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5177 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5178 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5179 {
5180 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5181
5182 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5183 {
5184 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5185 p->pc_count = 0;
5186 if (p->count == 0)
5187 *pp = p->next;
5188 else
5189 pp = &p->next;
5190 }
5191 }
5192
5193 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5194 {
5195 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5196
5197 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5198 {
5199 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5200 *pp = p->next;
5201 else
5202 pp = &p->next;
5203 }
5204 }
5205
5206 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5207 {
5208 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5209 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5210 return FALSE;
5211 }
5212 }
5213 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5214 {
5215 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5216 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5217 dynamic. */
5218 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5219 && !h->def_regular
5220 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5221 && !(h->protected_def
5222 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5223 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5224 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5225 {
5226 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5227 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5228 return FALSE;
5229
5230 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5231 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5232 }
5233 else
5234 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5235 }
5236
5237 /* Allocate space. */
5238 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5239 {
5240 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5241 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5242 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5243 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5244 }
5245
5246 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5247 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5248 a) is dynamic, or
5249 b) is an ifunc, or
5250 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5251 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5252 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5253 if (dyn
5254 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5255 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5256 || (h->needs_plt
5257 && h->def_regular
5258 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5259 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5260 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5261 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5262 {
5263 struct plt_entry *ent;
5264 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5265 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5266
5267 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5268 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5269 {
5270 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5271
5272 if (!dyn)
5273 {
5274 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5275 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5276 else
5277 s = htab->pltlocal;
5278 }
5279
5280 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5281 {
5282 if (!doneone)
5283 {
5284 plt_offset = s->size;
5285 s->size += 4;
5286 }
5287 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5288
5289 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5290 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5291 else
5292 {
5293 s = htab->glink;
5294 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5295 {
5296 glink_offset = s->size;
5297 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5298 }
5299 if (!doneone
5300 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5301 && h->def_dynamic
5302 && !h->def_regular)
5303 {
5304 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5305 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5306 }
5307 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5308
5309 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5310 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5311 return FALSE;
5312 }
5313 }
5314 else
5315 {
5316 if (!doneone)
5317 {
5318 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5319 for the special first entry. */
5320 if (s->size == 0)
5321 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5322
5323 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5324 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5325 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5326 word available at the end. */
5327 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5328 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5329 * ((s->size
5330 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5331 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5332
5333 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5334 file, and we are not generating a shared
5335 library, then set the symbol to this location
5336 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5337 relocations, and is required to make
5338 function pointers compare as equal between
5339 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5340 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5341 && h->def_dynamic
5342 && !h->def_regular)
5343 {
5344 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5345 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5346 }
5347
5348 /* Make room for this entry. */
5349 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5350 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5351 is allocated. */
5352 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5353 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5354 / htab->plt_entry_size
5355 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5356 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5357 }
5358 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5359 }
5360
5361 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5362 if (!doneone)
5363 {
5364 if (!dyn)
5365 {
5366 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5367 {
5368 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5369 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5370 }
5371 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5372 {
5373 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5374 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5375 }
5376 }
5377 else
5378 {
5379 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5380
5381 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5382 {
5383 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5384 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5385 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5386 {
5387 if (ent->plt.offset
5388 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5389 {
5390 htab->srelplt2->size
5391 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5392 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5393 }
5394
5395 htab->srelplt2->size
5396 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5397 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5401 .got.plt. */
5402 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5403 }
5404 }
5405 doneone = TRUE;
5406 }
5407 }
5408 else
5409 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5410
5411 if (!doneone)
5412 {
5413 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5414 h->needs_plt = 0;
5415 }
5416 }
5417 else
5418 {
5419 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5420 h->needs_plt = 0;
5421 }
5422
5423 return TRUE;
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5427 read-only sections. */
5428
5429 static bfd_boolean
5430 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
5431 {
5432 asection *sec;
5433
5434 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5435 return TRUE;
5436
5437 sec = _bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h);
5438 if (sec != NULL)
5439 {
5440 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
5441
5442 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5443 info->callbacks->minfo
5444 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5445 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
5446
5447 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5448 return FALSE;
5449 }
5450 return TRUE;
5451 }
5452
5453 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5454 {
5455 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5456 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5457 1, /* CIE version. */
5458 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5459 4, /* Code alignment. */
5460 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5461 65, /* RA reg. */
5462 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5463 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5464 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5465 };
5466
5467 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5468
5469 static bfd_boolean
5470 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5471 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5472 {
5473 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5474 asection *s;
5475 bfd_boolean relocs;
5476 bfd *ibfd;
5477
5478 #ifdef DEBUG
5479 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5480 #endif
5481
5482 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5483 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5484
5485 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5486 {
5487 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5488 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5489 {
5490 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5491 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5492 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5493 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5494 }
5495 }
5496
5497 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5498 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5499 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5500 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5501
5502 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5503 relocs. */
5504 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5505 {
5506 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5507 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5508 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5509 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5510 char *lgot_masks;
5511 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5512 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5513
5514 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5515 continue;
5516
5517 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5518 {
5519 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5520
5521 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5522 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5523 p != NULL;
5524 p = p->next)
5525 {
5526 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5527 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5528 {
5529 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5530 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5531 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5532 the relocs too. */
5533 }
5534 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5535 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5536 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5537 {
5538 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5539 handled specially by the loader. */
5540 }
5541 else if (p->count != 0)
5542 {
5543 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5544 if (p->ifunc)
5545 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5546 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5547 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5548 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5549 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5550 {
5551 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5552 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5553 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5554 }
5555 }
5556 }
5557 }
5558
5559 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5560 if (!local_got)
5561 continue;
5562
5563 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5564 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5565 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5566 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5567 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5568 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5569
5570 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5571 if (*local_got > 0)
5572 {
5573 unsigned int need;
5574 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5575 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5576 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5577 if (need == 0)
5578 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5579 else
5580 {
5581 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5582 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5583 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5584 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5585 {
5586 asection *srel;
5587
5588 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5589 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5590 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5591 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5592 srel->size += need;
5593 }
5594 }
5595 }
5596 else
5597 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5598
5599 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5600 continue;
5601
5602 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5603 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5604 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5605 {
5606 struct plt_entry *ent;
5607 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5608 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5609
5610 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5611 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5612 {
5613 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5614 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5615 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5616 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5617 {
5618 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5619 continue;
5620 }
5621 else
5622 s = htab->pltlocal;
5623
5624 if (!doneone)
5625 {
5626 plt_offset = s->size;
5627 s->size += 4;
5628 }
5629 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5630
5631 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5632 {
5633 s = htab->glink;
5634 glink_offset = s->size;
5635 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5636 }
5637 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5638
5639 if (!doneone)
5640 {
5641 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5642 {
5643 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5644 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5645 }
5646 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5647 {
5648 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5649 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5650 }
5651 doneone = TRUE;
5652 }
5653 }
5654 else
5655 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5656 }
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5660 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5661
5662 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5663 {
5664 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5665 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5666 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5667 }
5668 else
5669 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5670
5671 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5672 {
5673 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5674
5675 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5676 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5677 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5678 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5679 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5680 {
5681 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5682 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5683 g_o_t += 4;
5684 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5685 }
5686
5687 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5688 }
5689 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5690 {
5691 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5692
5693 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5694 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5695 }
5696 if (info->emitrelocations)
5697 {
5698 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5699
5700 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5701 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5702 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5703 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5704 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5705 }
5706
5707 if (htab->glink != NULL
5708 && htab->glink->size != 0
5709 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5710 {
5711 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5712 /* Space for the branch table. */
5713 htab->glink->size
5714 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5715 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5716 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5717 ? 63 : 15);
5718 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5719
5720 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5721 {
5722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5723 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5724 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5725 if (sh == NULL)
5726 return FALSE;
5727 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5728 {
5729 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5730 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5731 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5732 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5733 sh->def_regular = 1;
5734 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5735 sh->forced_local = 1;
5736 sh->non_elf = 0;
5737 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5738 }
5739 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5740 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5741 if (sh == NULL)
5742 return FALSE;
5743 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5744 {
5745 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5746 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5747 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5748 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5749 sh->def_regular = 1;
5750 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5751 sh->forced_local = 1;
5752 sh->non_elf = 0;
5753 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5754 }
5755 }
5756 }
5757
5758 if (htab->glink != NULL
5759 && htab->glink->size != 0
5760 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5761 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5762 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5763 {
5764 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5765 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5766 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5767 {
5768 s->size += 4;
5769 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5770 s->size += 4;
5771 }
5772 }
5773
5774 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5775 Allocate memory for them. */
5776 relocs = FALSE;
5777 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5778 {
5779 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5780
5781 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5782 continue;
5783
5784 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5785 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5786 {
5787 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5788 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5789 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5790 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5791 strip_section = FALSE;
5792 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5793 comment below. */
5794 }
5795 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5796 || s == htab->pltlocal
5797 || s == htab->glink
5798 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5799 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5800 || s == htab->sbss
5801 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5802 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5803 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5804 {
5805 /* Strip these too. */
5806 }
5807 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5808 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5809 {
5810 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5811 }
5812 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5813 {
5814 if (s->size != 0)
5815 {
5816 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5817 relocs = TRUE;
5818
5819 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5820 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5821 s->reloc_count = 0;
5822 }
5823 }
5824 else
5825 {
5826 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5827 continue;
5828 }
5829
5830 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5831 {
5832 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5833 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5834 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5835 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5836 before the linker maps input sections to output
5837 sections. The linker does that before
5838 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5839 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5840 into these sections. */
5841 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5842 continue;
5843 }
5844
5845 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5846 continue;
5847
5848 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5849 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5850 if (s->contents == NULL)
5851 return FALSE;
5852 }
5853
5854 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5855 {
5856 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5857 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5858 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5859 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5860 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5861 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5862 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5863
5864 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5865 {
5866 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5867 return FALSE;
5868 }
5869
5870 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5871 {
5872 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5873 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5874 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5875 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5876 return FALSE;
5877 }
5878
5879 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5880 && htab->glink != NULL
5881 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5882 {
5883 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5884 return FALSE;
5885 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5886 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5887 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5888 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5889 return FALSE;
5890 }
5891
5892 if (relocs)
5893 {
5894 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5895 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5896 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5897 return FALSE;
5898 }
5899
5900 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5901 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5902 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5903 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5904 info);
5905
5906 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5907 {
5908 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5909 return FALSE;
5910 }
5911 if (htab->is_vxworks
5912 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5913 return FALSE;
5914 }
5915 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5916
5917 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5918 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5919 {
5920 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5921 bfd_vma val;
5922
5923 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5924 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5926 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5927 /* FDE length. */
5928 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5930 p += 4;
5931 /* CIE pointer. */
5932 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5934 p += 4;
5935 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5936 p += 4;
5937 /* .glink size. */
5938 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5939 p += 4;
5940 /* Augmentation. */
5941 p += 1;
5942
5943 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5944 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5945 {
5946 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5947 if (adv < 64)
5948 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5949 else if (adv < 256)
5950 {
5951 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5952 *p++ = adv;
5953 }
5954 else if (adv < 65536)
5955 {
5956 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5957 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5958 p += 2;
5959 }
5960 else
5961 {
5962 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5963 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5964 p += 4;
5965 }
5966 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5967 *p++ = 65;
5968 p++;
5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5970 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5971 *p++ = 65;
5972 }
5973 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5974 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5975 }
5976
5977 return TRUE;
5978 }
5979
5980 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5981 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5982
5983 static void
5984 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5985 {
5986 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5987
5988 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5989 {
5990 asection *s;
5991
5992 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5993 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5994 {
5995 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5996 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5997 {
5998 sda->def_regular = 0;
5999 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6000 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6001 sda->forced_local = 0;
6002 }
6003 }
6004 }
6005 }
6006
6007 void
6008 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6009 {
6010 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6011
6012 if (htab != NULL)
6013 {
6014 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6015 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6016 }
6017 }
6018
6019
6020 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6021
6022 static bfd_boolean
6023 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6024 {
6025 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6026 && !h->def_regular
6027 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6028 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6029 return FALSE;
6030
6031 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6032 }
6033 \f
6034 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6035
6036 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6037 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6038 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6039 {
6040 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6041 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6042 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6043 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6044 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6045 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6046 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6047 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6048 };
6049
6050 static const int stub_entry[] =
6051 {
6052 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6053 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6054 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6055 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6056 };
6057
6058 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6059 {
6060 unsigned int workaround_size;
6061 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6062 };
6063
6064 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6065 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6066 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6067 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6068
6069 static bfd_boolean
6070 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6071 asection *isec,
6072 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6073 bfd_boolean *again)
6074 {
6075 struct one_branch_fixup
6076 {
6077 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6078 asection *tsec;
6079 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6080 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6081 bfd_vma toff;
6082 bfd_vma trampoff;
6083 };
6084
6085 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6086 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6087 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6088 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6089 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6090 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6091 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6092 unsigned changes = 0;
6093 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6095 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6096 asection *got2;
6097 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6098
6099 *again = FALSE;
6100
6101 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6102 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6103 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6104 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6105 || isec->size < 4)
6106 return TRUE;
6107
6108 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6109 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6110 anyway. */
6111 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6112 return TRUE;
6113
6114 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6115 if (htab == NULL)
6116 return TRUE;
6117
6118 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6119 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6120 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6121 trampbase = isec->size;
6122
6123 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6124 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6125 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6126
6127 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6128 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6129 {
6130 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6131 {
6132 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6133 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6135 return FALSE;
6136 }
6137 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6138 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6139 }
6140
6141 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6142 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6143 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6144 trampoff = trampbase;
6145 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6146 trampoff += 4;
6147
6148 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6149 picfixup_size = 0;
6150 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6151 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6152 {
6153 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6154 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6155 {
6156 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6157 link_info->keep_memory);
6158 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6159 goto error_return;
6160 }
6161
6162 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6163
6164 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6165 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6166 {
6167 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6168 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6169 asection *tsec;
6170 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6171 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6172 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6173 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6174 unsigned long t0;
6175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6176 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6177 struct plt_entry **plist;
6178 unsigned char sym_type;
6179
6180 switch (r_type)
6181 {
6182 case R_PPC_REL24:
6183 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6184 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6185 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6186 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6187 break;
6188
6189 case R_PPC_REL14:
6190 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6191 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6192 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6193 break;
6194
6195 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6196 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6197 break;
6198 continue;
6199
6200 default:
6201 continue;
6202 }
6203
6204 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6205 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6206 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6207 goto error_return;
6208
6209 if (isym != NULL)
6210 {
6211 if (tsec != NULL)
6212 ;
6213 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6214 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6215 else
6216 continue;
6217
6218 toff = isym->st_value;
6219 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6220 }
6221 else
6222 {
6223 if (tsec != NULL)
6224 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6225 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6226 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6227 {
6228 unsigned long indx;
6229
6230 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6231 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6232 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6233 }
6234 else
6235 continue;
6236
6237 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6238 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6239 branch stub in that case. */
6240 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6241 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6242 && irel != internal_relocs)
6243 {
6244 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6245 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6246 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6247
6248 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6249 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6250 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6251 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6252 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6253 {
6254 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6255
6256 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6257 {
6258 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6259 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6260 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6261 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6262 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6263 }
6264 }
6265 else
6266 {
6267 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6268 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6269
6270 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6271 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6272 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6273
6274 tls_mask
6275 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6276 }
6277
6278 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6279 optimised away. */
6280 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6281 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6282 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6283 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6284 continue;
6285 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6286 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6288 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6289 continue;
6290 }
6291
6292 sym_type = h->type;
6293 }
6294
6295 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6296 {
6297 if (h != NULL
6298 && !h->def_regular
6299 && h->protected_def
6300 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6301 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6302 picfixup_size += 12;
6303 continue;
6304 }
6305
6306 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6307 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6308 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6309 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6310 plist = NULL;
6311 if (h != NULL)
6312 {
6313 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6314 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6315 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6316 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6317 }
6318 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6320 {
6321 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6322 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6323 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6324 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6325 }
6326 if (plist != NULL)
6327 {
6328 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6329 struct plt_entry *ent;
6330
6331 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6332 addend = irel->r_addend;
6333 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6334 if (ent != NULL)
6335 {
6336 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6337 || h == NULL
6338 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6339 || h->dynindx == -1)
6340 {
6341 tsec = htab->glink;
6342 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6343 }
6344 else
6345 {
6346 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6347 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6348 }
6349 }
6350 }
6351
6352 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6353 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6354 branch overflow. */
6355 if (tsec == isec)
6356 continue;
6357
6358 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6359 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6360 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6361 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6362 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6363 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6364 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6365 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6366 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6367 continue;
6368
6369 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6370 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6371 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6372 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6373 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6374 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6375 {
6376 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6377 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6378 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6379 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6380 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6381
6382 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6383 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6384 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6385 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6386 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6387 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6388 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6389 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6390 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6391 location of interest is just "sym". */
6392 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6393 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6394 toff += irel->r_addend;
6395
6396 toff
6397 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6398 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6399 toff);
6400
6401 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6402 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6403 toff += irel->r_addend;
6404 }
6405 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6406 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6407 toff += irel->r_addend;
6408
6409 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6410 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6411 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6412 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6413 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6414 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6415 continue;
6416
6417 roff = irel->r_offset;
6418
6419 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6420 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6421 fixup can be created at final link.
6422 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6423 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6424 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6425 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6426 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6427 continue;
6428
6429 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6430 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6431 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6432 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6433 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6434 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6435 {
6436 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6437
6438 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6439 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6440 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6441 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6442 continue;
6443 }
6444
6445 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6446 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6447 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6448 break;
6449
6450 if (f == NULL)
6451 {
6452 size_t size;
6453 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6454
6455 val = trampoff - roff;
6456 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6457 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6458 one. We'll report an error later. */
6459 continue;
6460
6461 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6462 {
6463 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6464 insn_offset = 12;
6465 }
6466 else
6467 {
6468 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6469 insn_offset = 0;
6470 }
6471 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6472 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6473 || tsec == htab->glink)
6474 {
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6476 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6477 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6478 }
6479
6480 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6481 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6482 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6483 stub_rtype);
6484 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6485 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6486 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6487 irel->r_addend = 0;
6488
6489 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6490 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6491 f->next = branch_fixups;
6492 f->tsec = tsec;
6493 f->toff = toff;
6494 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6495 branch_fixups = f;
6496
6497 trampoff += size;
6498 changes++;
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6503 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6504 continue;
6505
6506 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6507 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6508 }
6509
6510 /* Get the section contents. */
6511 if (contents == NULL)
6512 {
6513 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6514 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6515 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6516 /* Go get them off disk. */
6517 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6518 goto error_return;
6519 }
6520
6521 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6522 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6523 switch (r_type)
6524 {
6525 case R_PPC_REL24:
6526 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6527 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6528 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6529 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6530 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6531 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6532 break;
6533
6534 case R_PPC_REL14:
6535 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6536 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6537 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6538 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6539 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6540 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6541 break;
6542 }
6543 }
6544
6545 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6546 {
6547 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6548 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6549 free (f);
6550 }
6551 }
6552
6553 workaround_change = FALSE;
6554 newsize = trampoff;
6555 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6556 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6557 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6558 {
6559 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6560 unsigned int crossings;
6561 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6562
6563 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6564 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6565 addr &= -pagesize;
6566 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6567 if (crossings != 0)
6568 {
6569 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6570 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6571 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6572 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6573 newsize += crossings * 16;
6574 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6575 {
6576 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6577 workaround_change = TRUE;
6578 }
6579 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6580 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6581 }
6582 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6583 }
6584
6585 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6586 {
6587 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6588 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6589 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6590 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6591 }
6592
6593 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6594 isec->size = newsize;
6595
6596 if (isymbuf != NULL
6597 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6598 {
6599 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6600 free (isymbuf);
6601 else
6602 {
6603 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6604 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6605 }
6606 }
6607
6608 if (contents != NULL
6609 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6610 {
6611 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6612 free (contents);
6613 else
6614 {
6615 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6616 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6617 }
6618 }
6619
6620 changes += picfixup_size;
6621 if (changes != 0)
6622 {
6623 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6624 information for the trampolines. */
6625 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6626 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6627 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6628 unsigned ix;
6629
6630 if (!new_relocs)
6631 goto error_return;
6632 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6633 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6634 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6635 {
6636 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6637
6638 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6639 }
6640 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6641 free (internal_relocs);
6642 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6643 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6644 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6645 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6646 }
6647 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6648 free (internal_relocs);
6649
6650 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6651 return TRUE;
6652
6653 error_return:
6654 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6655 {
6656 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6657 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6658 free (f);
6659 }
6660 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6661 free (isymbuf);
6662 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6663 free (contents);
6664 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6665 free (internal_relocs);
6666 return FALSE;
6667 }
6668 \f
6669 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6670 discarded sections. */
6671
6672 static unsigned int
6673 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6674 {
6675 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6676 return 0;
6677
6678 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6679 return 0;
6680
6681 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6682 }
6683 \f
6684 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6685
6686 static bfd_vma
6687 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6688 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6689 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6690 bfd_vma relocation,
6691 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6692 {
6693 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6694
6695 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6696
6697 if (h != NULL)
6698 {
6699 /* Handle global symbol. */
6700 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6701
6702 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6703 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6704 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6705 }
6706 else
6707 {
6708 /* Handle local symbol. */
6709 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6710
6711 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6713 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6714 }
6715
6716 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6717 rel->r_addend,
6718 lsect);
6719 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6720
6721 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6722 as a "written" flag. */
6723 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6724 {
6725 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6726 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6727 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6728 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6729 }
6730
6731 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6732 + lsect->section->output_offset
6733 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6734 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6735
6736 #ifdef DEBUG
6737 fprintf (stderr,
6738 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6739 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6740 #endif
6741
6742 return relocation;
6743 }
6744
6745 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6746 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6747 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6748
6749 static void
6750 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6751 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6752 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6753 {
6754 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6755 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6756 bfd_vma plt;
6757 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6758
6759 if (h != NULL
6760 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6761 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6762 {
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6764 p += 4;
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6766 p += 4;
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6768 p += 4;
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6778 p += 4;
6779 }
6780
6781 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6782 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6783 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6784
6785 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6786 {
6787 bfd_vma got = 0;
6788
6789 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6790 got = (ent->addend
6791 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6792 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6793 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6794 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6795
6796 plt -= got;
6797
6798 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6800 else
6801 {
6802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6803 p += 4;
6804 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6805 }
6806 }
6807 else
6808 {
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6810 p += 4;
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6812 }
6813 p += 4;
6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6815 p += 4;
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6817 p += 4;
6818 while (p < end)
6819 {
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6821 p += 4;
6822 }
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6826
6827 static bfd_boolean
6828 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6829 {
6830 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6831 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6832 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6833 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6834 }
6835
6836 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6837 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6838 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6839
6840 unsigned int
6841 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6842 {
6843 unsigned int rtra;
6844
6845 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6846 return 0;
6847
6848 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6849 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6850 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6851 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6852 else
6853 return 0;
6854
6855 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6856 /* add -> addi. */
6857 insn = 14 << 26;
6858 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6859 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6860 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6861 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6862 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6863 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6864 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6865 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6866 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6867 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6868 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6869 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6870 else
6871 return 0;
6872 insn |= rtra;
6873 return insn;
6874 }
6875
6876 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6877 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6878 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6879
6880 unsigned int
6881 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6882 {
6883 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6884 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6885 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6886 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6887 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6888 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6889 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6890 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6899 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6900 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6901 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6902 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6903 {
6904 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6905 }
6906 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6907 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6908 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6909 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6910 {
6911 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6912 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6913 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6914 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6915 }
6916 else
6917 insn = 0;
6918 return insn;
6919 }
6920
6921 static bfd_boolean
6922 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6923 {
6924 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6925 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6926 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6927 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6928 }
6929
6930 static bfd_boolean
6931 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6932 {
6933 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6934 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6935 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6936 }
6937
6938 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6939 to handle the relocations for a section.
6940
6941 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6942 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6943 zero.
6944
6945 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6946 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6947 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6948 necessary.
6949
6950 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6951 address or the reloc symbol index.
6952
6953 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6954
6955 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6956 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6957
6958 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6959 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6960
6961 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6962 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6963 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6964 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6965 accordingly. */
6966
6967 static bfd_boolean
6968 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6969 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6970 bfd *input_bfd,
6971 asection *input_section,
6972 bfd_byte *contents,
6973 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6974 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6975 asection **local_sections)
6976 {
6977 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6978 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6979 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6980 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6981 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6982 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6983 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6984 asection *got2;
6985 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6986 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6987 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6988 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6989 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6990 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6991
6992 #ifdef DEBUG
6993 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6994 "%ld relocations%s",
6995 input_bfd, input_section,
6996 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6997 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6998 #endif
6999
7000 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7001 {
7002 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7003 return FALSE;
7004 }
7005
7006 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7007
7008 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7009 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7010 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7011
7012 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7013 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7014 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7015 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7016 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7017 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7018 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7019 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7020 ".tls_vars"));
7021 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7022 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7023 rel = wrel = relocs;
7024 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7025 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7026 {
7027 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7028 bfd_vma addend;
7029 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7030 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7031 asection *sec;
7032 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7033 const char *sym_name;
7034 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7035 unsigned long r_symndx;
7036 bfd_vma relocation;
7037 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7038 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7039 bfd_boolean warned;
7040 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7041 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7042 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7043
7044 again:
7045 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7046 sym = NULL;
7047 sec = NULL;
7048 h = NULL;
7049 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7050 warned = FALSE;
7051 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7052
7053 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7054 {
7055 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7056 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7057 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7058
7059 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7060 }
7061 else
7062 {
7063 bfd_boolean ignored;
7064
7065 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7066 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7067 h, sec, relocation,
7068 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7069
7070 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7071 }
7072
7073 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7074 {
7075 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7076 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7077 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7078 howto = NULL;
7079 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7080 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7081
7082 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7083 contents, rel->r_offset);
7084 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7085 wrel->r_info = 0;
7086 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7087
7088 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7089 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7090 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7091 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7092 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7093 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7094 wrel--;
7095
7096 continue;
7097 }
7098
7099 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7100 {
7101 if (got2 != NULL
7102 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7103 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7104 {
7105 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7106 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7107 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7108 }
7109 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7110 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7111 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7112 goto copy_reloc;
7113 }
7114
7115 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7116 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7117 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7118 for the final instruction stream. */
7119 tls_mask = 0;
7120 tls_gd = 0;
7121 if (h != NULL)
7122 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7123 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7124 {
7125 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7126 char *lgot_masks;
7127 local_plt
7128 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7129 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7130 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7131 }
7132
7133 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7134 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7138 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7140 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7141 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7142 abort ();
7143 switch (r_type)
7144 {
7145 default:
7146 break;
7147
7148 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7149 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7150 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7151 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7152 {
7153 bfd_vma insn;
7154
7155 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7156 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7157 insn &= 31 << 21;
7158 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7159 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7160 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7161 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7162 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7163 }
7164 break;
7165
7166 case R_PPC_TLS:
7167 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7168 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7169 {
7170 bfd_vma insn;
7171
7172 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7173 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7174 if (insn == 0)
7175 abort ();
7176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7177 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7178 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7179
7180 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7181 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7182 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7183 }
7184 break;
7185
7186 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7187 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7188 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7189 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7190 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7191 break;
7192
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7195 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7196 {
7197 tls_gdld_hi:
7198 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7199 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7200 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7201 else
7202 {
7203 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7205 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7206 }
7207 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7208 }
7209 break;
7210
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7213 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7214 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7215 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7216 break;
7217
7218 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7220 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7221 {
7222 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7223 bfd_vma offset;
7224
7225 tls_ldgd_opt:
7226 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7227 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7228 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7229 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7230 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7231 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7232 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7233 && rel + 1 < relend
7234 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7235 htab->tls_get_addr))
7236 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7237 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7238 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7239 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7240 intervening code. */
7241 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7242 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7243 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7244 {
7245 /* IE */
7246 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7247 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7248 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7249 {
7250 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7251 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7253 }
7254 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7255 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7256 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7257 }
7258 else
7259 {
7260 /* LE */
7261 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7262 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7263 if (tls_gd == 0)
7264 {
7265 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7266 for (r_symndx = 0;
7267 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7268 r_symndx++)
7269 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7270 break;
7271 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7272 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7273 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7274 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7275 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7276 + sec->output_offset
7277 + sec->output_section->vma);
7278 }
7279 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7280 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7281 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7282 {
7283 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7284 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7285 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7286 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7287 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7288 }
7289 }
7290 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7291 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7292 if (tls_gd == 0)
7293 {
7294 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7295 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7296 goto again;
7297 }
7298 }
7299 break;
7300
7301 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7302 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7303 && rel + 1 < relend)
7304 {
7305 unsigned int insn2;
7306 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7307
7308 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7309 {
7310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7311 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7312 break;
7313 }
7314
7315 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7316 {
7317 /* IE */
7318 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7319 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7320 }
7321 else
7322 {
7323 /* LE */
7324 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7325 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7326 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7327 }
7328 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7329 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7330 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7331 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7332 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7333 }
7334 break;
7335
7336 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7337 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7338 && rel + 1 < relend)
7339 {
7340 unsigned int insn2;
7341
7342 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7343 {
7344 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7345 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7346 break;
7347 }
7348
7349 for (r_symndx = 0;
7350 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7351 r_symndx++)
7352 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7353 break;
7354 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7355 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7356 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7357 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7358 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7359 + sec->output_offset
7360 + sec->output_section->vma);
7361
7362 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7363 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7364 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7366 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7367 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7368 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7369 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7370 goto again;
7371 }
7372 break;
7373 }
7374
7375 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7376 branch_bit = 0;
7377 switch (r_type)
7378 {
7379 default:
7380 break;
7381
7382 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7383 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7384 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7385 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7386 /* Fall through. */
7387
7388 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7389 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7390 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7391 {
7392 unsigned int insn;
7393
7394 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7395 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7396 insn |= branch_bit;
7397
7398 from = (rel->r_offset
7399 + input_section->output_offset
7400 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7401
7402 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7403 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7404 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7405
7406 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7407 }
7408 break;
7409
7410 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7411 {
7412 unsigned int insn;
7413
7414 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7415 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7416 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7417 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7418 {
7419 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7420 {
7421 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7422 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7424 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7425 }
7426 }
7427 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7428 info->callbacks->einfo
7429 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7430 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7431 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7432 }
7433 break;
7434 }
7435
7436 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7437 && h != NULL
7438 && !h->def_regular
7439 && h->protected_def
7440 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7441 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7442 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7443 {
7444 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7445 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7446 unsigned int insn;
7447
7448 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7449 {
7450 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7451 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7452 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7453 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7454 {
7455 bfd_byte *p;
7456 bfd_vma off;
7457 bfd_vma got_addr;
7458
7459 p = (contents + input_section->size
7460 - relax_info->workaround_size
7461 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7462 + picfixup_size);
7463 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7464 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7465 info->callbacks->einfo
7466 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7467 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7468
7469 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7470 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7471 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7472 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7473 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7474 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7475 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7476 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7477 insn &= ~0xffff;
7478 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7479 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7480
7481 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7482 insn &= ~0xffff;
7483 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7484 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7485 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7487
7488 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7489 picfixup_size += 12;
7490
7491 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7492 output is reasonable. */
7493 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7494 wrel++, rel++;
7495 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7496 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7497 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7498
7499 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7500 dynamic reloc. */
7501 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7502 }
7503 else
7504 _bfd_error_handler
7505 /* xgettext:c-format */
7506 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7507 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7508 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7509 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7510 }
7511 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7512 {
7513 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7514 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7515 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7516 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7517 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7518 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7519 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7520 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7521 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7522 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7523 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7524 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7525 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7526 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7527 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7528 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7529 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7530 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7531 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7532 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7533 {
7534 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7535 relocation = 0;
7536 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7537 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7538 }
7539 else
7540 _bfd_error_handler
7541 /* xgettext:c-format */
7542 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7543 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7544 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7545 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7546 }
7547 }
7548
7549 ifunc = NULL;
7550 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7551 {
7552 struct plt_entry *ent;
7553
7554 if (h != NULL)
7555 {
7556 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7557 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7558 }
7559 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7560 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7561 {
7562 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7563
7564 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7565 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7566 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7567 }
7568
7569 ent = NULL;
7570 if (ifunc != NULL
7571 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7572 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7573 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7574 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7575 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7576 {
7577 addend = 0;
7578 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7579 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7580 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7581 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7582 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7583 addend = rel->r_addend;
7584 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7585 }
7586 if (ent != NULL)
7587 {
7588 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7589 && ent->sec != got2
7590 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7591 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7592 || h == NULL
7593 || h->dynindx == -1))
7594 {
7595 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7596 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7597 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7598 apparently are using code compiled with
7599 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7600 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7601 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7602 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7603 into .got2). */
7604 info->callbacks->einfo
7605 /* xgettext:c-format */
7606 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7607 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7608 }
7609
7610 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7611 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7612 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7613 || h == NULL
7614 || h->dynindx == -1)
7615 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7616 + htab->glink->output_offset
7617 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7618 else
7619 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7620 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7621 + ent->plt.offset);
7622 }
7623 }
7624
7625 addend = rel->r_addend;
7626 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7627 howto = NULL;
7628 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7629 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7630
7631 switch (r_type)
7632 {
7633 default:
7634 break;
7635
7636 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7637 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7638 {
7639 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7640 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7641 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7642 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7643 /* xgettext:c-format */
7644 info->callbacks->minfo
7645 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7646 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7647 else
7648 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7649 }
7650 break;
7651
7652 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7653 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7654 {
7655 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7656 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7657 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7658 insn |= 2 << 16;
7659 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7660 }
7661 break;
7662 }
7663
7664 tls_type = 0;
7665 switch (r_type)
7666 {
7667 default:
7668 /* xgettext:c-format */
7669 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7670 input_bfd, howto->name);
7671
7672 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7673 ret = FALSE;
7674 goto copy_reloc;
7675
7676 case R_PPC_NONE:
7677 case R_PPC_TLS:
7678 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7679 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7680 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7681 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7682 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7683 goto copy_reloc;
7684
7685 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7686 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7687 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7688 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7689 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7691 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7693 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7694 goto dogot;
7695
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7700 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7701 goto dogot;
7702
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7707 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7708 goto dogot;
7709
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7714 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7715 goto dogot;
7716
7717 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7719 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7721 tls_mask = 0;
7722 dogot:
7723 {
7724 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7725 offset table. */
7726 bfd_vma off;
7727 bfd_vma *offp;
7728 unsigned long indx;
7729
7730 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7731 abort ();
7732
7733 indx = 0;
7734 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7735 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7736 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7737 else if (h != NULL)
7738 {
7739 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7740 || h->dynindx == -1
7741 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7742 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7743 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7744 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7745 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7746 because of a version file. */
7747 ;
7748 else
7749 {
7750 indx = h->dynindx;
7751 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7752 }
7753 offp = &h->got.offset;
7754 }
7755 else
7756 {
7757 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7758 abort ();
7759 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7760 }
7761
7762 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7763 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7764 processed this entry. */
7765 off = *offp;
7766 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7767 off &= ~1;
7768 else
7769 {
7770 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7771 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7772 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7773 : 0);
7774
7775 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7776 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7777 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7778 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7779 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7780
7781 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7782 Initialize them all. */
7783 do
7784 {
7785 int tls_ty = 0;
7786
7787 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7788 {
7789 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7790 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7791 }
7792 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7793 {
7794 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7795 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7796 }
7797 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7798 {
7799 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7800 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7801 }
7802 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7803 {
7804 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7805 tls_m = 0;
7806 }
7807
7808 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7809 if (indx != 0
7810 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7811 && (h == NULL
7812 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7813 && !(tls_ty != 0
7814 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7815 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7816 {
7817 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7818 bfd_byte * loc;
7819
7820 if (ifunc != NULL)
7821 {
7822 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7823 if (indx == 0)
7824 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7825 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7826 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7827 }
7828 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7829 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7830 + off);
7831 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7832 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7833 {
7834 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7835 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7836 {
7837 loc = rsec->contents;
7838 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7839 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7840 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7841 &outrel, loc);
7842 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7843 outrel.r_info
7844 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7845 }
7846 }
7847 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7848 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7849 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7850 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7851 else if (indx != 0)
7852 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7853 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7854 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7855 else
7856 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7857 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7858 {
7859 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7860 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7861 {
7862 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7863 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7864 else
7865 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7866 }
7867 }
7868 loc = rsec->contents;
7869 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7870 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7871 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7875 emitting a reloc. */
7876 else
7877 {
7878 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7879
7880 if (tls_ty != 0)
7881 {
7882 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7883 value = 0;
7884 else
7885 {
7886 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7887 value = 0;
7888 else
7889 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7890 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7891 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7892 }
7893
7894 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7895 {
7896 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7897 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7898 value = 1;
7899 }
7900 }
7901 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7902 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7903 }
7904
7905 off += 4;
7906 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7907 off += 4;
7908 }
7909 while (tls_m != 0);
7910
7911 off = *offp;
7912 *offp = off | 1;
7913 }
7914
7915 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7916 abort ();
7917
7918 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7919 {
7920 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7921 {
7922 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7923 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7924 off += 8;
7925 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7926 {
7927 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7928 off += 8;
7929 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7930 {
7931 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7932 off += 4;
7933 }
7934 }
7935 }
7936 }
7937
7938 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7939 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7940 goto copy_reloc;
7941
7942 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7943 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7944 + off
7945 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7946
7947 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7948 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7949 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7950 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7951 if (addend != 0)
7952 info->callbacks->einfo
7953 /* xgettext:c-format */
7954 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7955 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7956 howto->name,
7957 sym_name);
7958 }
7959 break;
7960
7961 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7962 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7963 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7964 at a symbol not in this object. */
7965 if (unresolved_reloc)
7966 {
7967 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7968 h->root.root.string,
7969 input_bfd,
7970 input_section,
7971 rel->r_offset,
7972 TRUE);
7973 goto copy_reloc;
7974 }
7975 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7976 {
7977 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7978 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7979 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7980 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7981 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7982 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7983 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7984 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7985 /* xgettext:c-format */
7986 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7987 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7988 h->root.root.string);
7989 }
7990 break;
7991
7992 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7993 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7994 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7995 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7996 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7997 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7998 break;
7999
8000 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8001 object. */
8002 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8003 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8004 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8005 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8006 if (h != NULL
8007 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8008 && h->dynindx == -1)
8009 {
8010 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8011 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8012 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8013 defined before using them. */
8014 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8015 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8016 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8017 if (insn != 0)
8018 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8019 break;
8020 }
8021 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8022 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8023 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8024 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8025 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8026 goto dodyn;
8027
8028 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8029 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8030 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8031 goto dodyn;
8032
8033 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8034 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8035 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8036 goto dodyn;
8037
8038 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8039 relocation = 1;
8040 addend = 0;
8041 goto dodyn;
8042
8043 case R_PPC_REL16:
8044 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8045 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8046 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8047 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8048 break;
8049
8050 case R_PPC_REL32:
8051 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8052 break;
8053 /* fall through */
8054
8055 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8056 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8057 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8058 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8060 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8061 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8062 goto dodyn;
8063
8064 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8065 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8066 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8067 case R_PPC_REL24:
8068 case R_PPC_REL14:
8069 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8071 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8072 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8073 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8074 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8075 break;
8076 /* fall through */
8077
8078 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8079 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8080 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8081 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8082 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8083 break;
8084 /* fall through */
8085
8086 dodyn:
8087 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8088 || is_vxworks_tls)
8089 break;
8090
8091 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8092 ? ((h == NULL
8093 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8094 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8095 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8096 : (h != NULL
8097 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8098 {
8099 int skip;
8100 bfd_byte *loc;
8101 asection *sreloc;
8102 long indx = 0;
8103
8104 #ifdef DEBUG
8105 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8106 "create relocation for %s\n",
8107 (h && h->root.root.string
8108 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8109 #endif
8110
8111 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8112 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8113 time. */
8114 skip = 0;
8115 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8116 input_section,
8117 rel->r_offset);
8118 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8119 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8120 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8121 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8122 + input_section->output_offset);
8123
8124 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8125 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8126 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8127 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8128 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8129 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8130 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8131
8132 if (skip)
8133 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8134 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8135 {
8136 indx = h->dynindx;
8137 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8138 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8139 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8140 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8141 }
8142 else
8143 {
8144 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8145
8146 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8147 {
8148 if (ifunc != NULL)
8149 {
8150 /* If we get here when building a static
8151 executable, then the libc startup function
8152 responsible for applying indirect function
8153 relocations is going to complain about
8154 the reloc type.
8155 If we get here when building a dynamic
8156 executable, it will be because we have
8157 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8158 will set the text segment writable and
8159 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8160 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8161 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8162 info->callbacks->einfo
8163 /* xgettext:c-format */
8164 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8165 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8166 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8167 howto->name,
8168 sym_name);
8169 ret = FALSE;
8170 }
8171 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8172 ;
8173 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8174 {
8175 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8176 ret = FALSE;
8177 }
8178 else
8179 {
8180 asection *osec;
8181
8182 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8183 against a section symbol. It would be
8184 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8185 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8186 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8187 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8188 osec = sec->output_section;
8189 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8190 {
8191 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8192 indx = 0;
8193 }
8194 else
8195 {
8196 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8197 if (indx == 0)
8198 {
8199 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8200 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8201 }
8202 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8203 }
8204
8205 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8206 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8207 addend for them. */
8208 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8209 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8210 }
8211
8212 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8213 }
8214 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8215 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8216 else
8217 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8218 }
8219
8220 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8221 if (ifunc)
8222 {
8223 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8224 if (indx == 0)
8225 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8226 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8227 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8228 }
8229 if (sreloc == NULL)
8230 return FALSE;
8231
8232 loc = sreloc->contents;
8233 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8234 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8235
8236 if (skip == -1)
8237 goto copy_reloc;
8238
8239 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8240 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8241 if (!skip)
8242 {
8243 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8244 addend = 0;
8245 break;
8246 }
8247 }
8248 break;
8249
8250 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8251 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8252 if (h != NULL)
8253 {
8254 struct plt_entry *ent;
8255 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8256
8257 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8258 {
8259 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8260 got2_addend = addend;
8261 addend = 0;
8262 }
8263 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8264 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8265 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8266 + htab->glink->output_offset
8267 + ent->glink_offset);
8268 else
8269 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8270 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8271 + ent->plt.offset);
8272 }
8273 /* Fall through. */
8274
8275 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8276 {
8277 const int *stub;
8278 size_t size;
8279 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8280 unsigned int insn;
8281
8282 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8283 {
8284 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8285 + input_section->output_offset
8286 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8287 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8289 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8290 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8291 stub += 3;
8292 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8293 }
8294 else
8295 {
8296 stub = stub_entry;
8297 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8298 }
8299
8300 relocation += addend;
8301 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8302 relocation = 0;
8303
8304 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8305 insn = *stub++;
8306 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8308 insn_offset += 4;
8309
8310 insn = *stub++;
8311 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8313 insn_offset += 4;
8314 size -= 2;
8315
8316 while (size != 0)
8317 {
8318 insn = *stub++;
8319 --size;
8320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8321 insn_offset += 4;
8322 }
8323
8324 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8325 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8326 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8327 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8328 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8329 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8330 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8331 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8332 wrel++, rel++;
8333 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8334 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8335 }
8336 continue;
8337
8338 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8339 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8340 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8341 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8342 {
8343 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8344 break;
8345 }
8346 relocation
8347 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8348 h, relocation, rel);
8349 addend = 0;
8350 break;
8351
8352 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8353 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8354 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8355 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8356 {
8357 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8358 break;
8359 }
8360 relocation
8361 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8362 h, relocation, rel);
8363 addend = 0;
8364 break;
8365
8366 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8367 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8368 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8369 AIX .toc section. */
8370 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8371 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8372 {
8373 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8374 break;
8375 }
8376 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8377 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8378
8379 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8380 break;
8381
8382 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8383 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8384 {
8385 struct plt_entry *ent;
8386
8387 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8388 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8389 if (ent == NULL
8390 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8391 {
8392 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8393 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8394 using -Bsymbolic. */
8395 }
8396 else
8397 {
8398 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8399 procedure linkage table. */
8400 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8401 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8402 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8403 + htab->glink->output_offset
8404 + ent->glink_offset);
8405 else
8406 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8407 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8408 + ent->plt.offset);
8409 }
8410 }
8411
8412 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8413 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8414 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8415 addend = 0;
8416 break;
8417
8418 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8419 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8420 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8421 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8422 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8423 plt_list = NULL;
8424 if (h != NULL)
8425 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8426 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8427 plt_list = ifunc;
8428 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8429 {
8430 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8431 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8432 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8433 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8434 }
8435 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8436 if (plt_list != NULL)
8437 {
8438 struct plt_entry *ent;
8439
8440 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8441 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8442 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8443 {
8444 asection *plt;
8445
8446 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8447 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8448 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8449 || h == NULL
8450 || h->dynindx == -1)
8451 {
8452 if (ifunc != NULL)
8453 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8454 else
8455 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8456 }
8457 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8458 + plt->output_offset
8459 + ent->plt.offset);
8460 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8461 {
8462 bfd_vma got = 0;
8463
8464 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8465 got = (ent->addend
8466 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8467 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8468 else
8469 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8470 relocation -= got;
8471 }
8472 }
8473 }
8474 addend = 0;
8475 break;
8476
8477 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8478 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8479 {
8480 const char *name;
8481 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8482
8483 if (sec == NULL
8484 || sec->output_section == NULL
8485 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8486 {
8487 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8488 break;
8489 }
8490 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8491
8492 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8493 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8494 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8495 {
8496 _bfd_error_handler
8497 /* xgettext:c-format */
8498 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8499 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8500 input_bfd,
8501 sym_name,
8502 howto->name,
8503 name);
8504 }
8505 }
8506 break;
8507
8508 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8509 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8510 {
8511 const char *name;
8512 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8513
8514 if (sec == NULL
8515 || sec->output_section == NULL
8516 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8517 {
8518 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8519 break;
8520 }
8521 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8522
8523 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8524 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8525 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8526 {
8527 _bfd_error_handler
8528 /* xgettext:c-format */
8529 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8530 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8531 input_bfd,
8532 sym_name,
8533 howto->name,
8534 name);
8535 }
8536 }
8537 break;
8538
8539 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8540 relocation = relocation + addend;
8541 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8542 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8543 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8544 goto copy_reloc;
8545
8546 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8547 relocation = relocation + addend;
8548 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8549 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8550 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8551 goto copy_reloc;
8552
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8554 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8555 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8556 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8557 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8558 goto copy_reloc;
8559
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8561 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8562 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8563 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8564 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8565 goto copy_reloc;
8566
8567 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8568 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8569 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8570 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8571 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8572 goto copy_reloc;
8573
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8575 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8576 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8577 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8578 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8579 goto copy_reloc;
8580
8581 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8582 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8583 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8584 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8585 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8586 {
8587 const char *name;
8588 int reg;
8589 unsigned int insn;
8590 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8591
8592 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8593 {
8594 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8595 break;
8596 }
8597
8598 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8599 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8600 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8601 {
8602 reg = 13;
8603 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8604 }
8605 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8606 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8607 {
8608 reg = 2;
8609 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8610 }
8611 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8612 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8613 {
8614 reg = 0;
8615 }
8616 else
8617 {
8618 _bfd_error_handler
8619 /* xgettext:c-format */
8620 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8621 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8622 input_bfd,
8623 sym_name,
8624 howto->name,
8625 name);
8626
8627 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8628 ret = FALSE;
8629 goto copy_reloc;
8630 }
8631
8632 if (sda != NULL)
8633 {
8634 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8635 {
8636 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8637 break;
8638 }
8639 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8640 }
8641
8642 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8643 break;
8644
8645 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8646 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8647 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8648 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8649 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8650 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8651 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8652 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8653 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8654
8655 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8656 if (reg == 0
8657 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8658 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8659 {
8660 relocation = relocation + addend;
8661 addend = 0;
8662
8663 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8664 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8665 insn |= 28u << 26;
8666
8667 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8668 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8669 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8670 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8671 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8672 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8673 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8674
8675 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8676
8677 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8678 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8679 goto overflow;
8680 goto copy_reloc;
8681 }
8682 /* Fill in register field. */
8683 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8684 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8685 }
8686 break;
8687
8688 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8689 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8690 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8691 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8694 {
8695 bfd_vma value;
8696 const char *name;
8697 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8698
8699 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8700 {
8701 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8702 break;
8703 }
8704
8705 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8706 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8707 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8708 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8709 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8710 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8711 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8712 else
8713 {
8714 _bfd_error_handler
8715 /* xgettext:c-format */
8716 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8717 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8718 input_bfd,
8719 sym_name,
8720 howto->name,
8721 name);
8722
8723 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8724 ret = FALSE;
8725 goto copy_reloc;
8726 }
8727
8728 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8729 {
8730 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8731 break;
8732 }
8733 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8734
8735 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8736 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8737 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8738 split16a_type,
8739 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8740 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8741 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8742 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8743 split16d_type,
8744 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8745 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8746 {
8747 value = value >> 16;
8748 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8749 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8750 split16a_type,
8751 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8752 }
8753 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8754 {
8755 value = value >> 16;
8756 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8757 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8758 split16d_type,
8759 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8760 }
8761 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8762 {
8763 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8764 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8765 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8766 split16a_type,
8767 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8768 }
8769 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8770 {
8771 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8772 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8773 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8774 split16d_type,
8775 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8776 }
8777 }
8778 goto copy_reloc;
8779
8780 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8781 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8782 goto copy_reloc;
8783
8784 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8785 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8786 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8787 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8788 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8789 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8790 {
8791 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8792 break;
8793 }
8794 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8795 break;
8796
8797 /* Negative relocations. */
8798 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8799 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8800 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8801 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8802 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8803 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8804 break;
8805
8806 case R_PPC_COPY:
8807 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8808 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8809 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8810 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8811 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8812 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8813 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8814 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8815 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8816 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8817 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8819 /* xgettext:c-format */
8820 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8821 input_bfd, howto->name);
8822
8823 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8824 ret = FALSE;
8825 goto copy_reloc;
8826 }
8827
8828 switch (r_type)
8829 {
8830 default:
8831 break;
8832
8833 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8834 if (unresolved_reloc)
8835 {
8836 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8837 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8838 insn &= 1;
8839 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8840 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8841 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8842 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8843 }
8844 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8845 info->callbacks->einfo
8846 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8847 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8848 howto->name);
8849 break;
8850
8851 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8852 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8853 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8854 if (unresolved_reloc)
8855 {
8856 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8857 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8858 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8859 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8860 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8861 }
8862 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8863 info->callbacks->einfo
8864 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8865 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8866 howto->name);
8867 break;
8868 }
8869
8870 /* Do any further special processing. */
8871 switch (r_type)
8872 {
8873 default:
8874 break;
8875
8876 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8877 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8878 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8879 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8880 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8881 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8882 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8883 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8884 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8885 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8886 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8887 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8888 if (sec == NULL)
8889 break;
8890 /* Fall through. */
8891
8892 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8893 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8894 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8895 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8896 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8897 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8898 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8899 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8900 addend += 0x8000;
8901 break;
8902
8903 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8904 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8905 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8906 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8907 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8908 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8909 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8910 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8911 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8912 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8913 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8917 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8919 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8920 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8922 {
8923 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8924 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8925 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8926 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8927
8928 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8929 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8930 mask = 0;
8931 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8932 mask = 3;
8933 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8934 mask = 15;
8935 else
8936 break;
8937 relocation += addend;
8938 addend = insn & mask;
8939 lobit = mask & relocation;
8940 if (lobit != 0)
8941 {
8942 relocation ^= lobit;
8943 info->callbacks->einfo
8944 /* xgettext:c-format */
8945 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8946 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8947 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8948 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8949 ret = FALSE;
8950 }
8951 }
8952 break;
8953 }
8954
8955 #ifdef DEBUG
8956 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8957 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8958 howto->name,
8959 (int) r_type,
8960 sym_name,
8961 r_symndx,
8962 (long) rel->r_offset,
8963 (long) addend);
8964 #endif
8965
8966 if (unresolved_reloc
8967 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8968 && h->def_dynamic)
8969 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8970 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8971 {
8972 info->callbacks->einfo
8973 /* xgettext:c-format */
8974 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8975 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8976 howto->name,
8977 sym_name);
8978 ret = FALSE;
8979 }
8980
8981 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8982 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8983 have different reloc types. */
8984 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
8985 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
8986 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
8987 {
8988 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
8989
8990 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
8991 {
8992 unsigned int insn;
8993
8994 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
8995 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8996 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
8997 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8998 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8999 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9000 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9001 }
9002 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9003 {
9004 alt_howto = *howto;
9005 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9006 howto = &alt_howto;
9007 }
9008 }
9009
9010 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9011 {
9012 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9013 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
9014 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9015 else
9016 {
9017 unsigned int insn;
9018
9019 relocation += addend;
9020 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9021 + input_section->output_offset
9022 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9023 relocation >>= 16;
9024 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9025 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9026 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9027 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9028 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9029 }
9030 }
9031 else
9032 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9033 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9034
9035 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9036 {
9037 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9038 {
9039 overflow:
9040 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9041 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9042 if (!warned
9043 && !(h != NULL
9044 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9045 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9046 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9047 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9048 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9049 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9050 }
9051 else
9052 {
9053 info->callbacks->einfo
9054 /* xgettext:c-format */
9055 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9056 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9057 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9058 ret = FALSE;
9059 }
9060 }
9061 copy_reloc:
9062 if (wrel != rel)
9063 *wrel = *rel;
9064 }
9065
9066 if (wrel != rel)
9067 {
9068 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9069 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9070
9071 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9072 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9073 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9074 {
9075 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9076 one NONE reloc.
9077 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9078 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9079 deleted -= 1;
9080 wrel++;
9081 }
9082 relend = wrel;
9083 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9084 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9085 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9086 }
9087
9088 #ifdef DEBUG
9089 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9090 #endif
9091
9092 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9093 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9094 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9095 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9096 {
9097 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9098 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9099 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9100 }
9101
9102 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9103 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9104 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9105 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9106 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9107 {
9108 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9109 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9110
9111 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9112 {
9113 bfd_byte *p;
9114 unsigned int n;
9115 bfd_byte fill[4];
9116
9117 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9118 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9119 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9120 while (n--)
9121 {
9122 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9123 p += 4;
9124 }
9125 }
9126
9127 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9128 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9129 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9130 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9131 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9132
9133 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9134 + input_section->output_offset);
9135 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9136 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9137 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9138 addr < end_addr;
9139 addr += pagesize)
9140 {
9141 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9142 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9143 bfd_boolean is_data;
9144 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9145 unsigned int insn;
9146
9147 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9148 the word alone. */
9149 is_data = FALSE;
9150 lo = relocs;
9151 hi = relend;
9152 rel = NULL;
9153 while (lo < hi)
9154 {
9155 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9156 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9157 lo = rel + 1;
9158 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9159 hi = rel;
9160 else
9161 {
9162 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9163 {
9164 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9165 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9166 case R_PPC_REL32:
9167 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9168 is_data = TRUE;
9169 break;
9170 default:
9171 break;
9172 }
9173 break;
9174 }
9175 }
9176 if (is_data)
9177 continue;
9178
9179 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9180 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9181 avoid the icache failure.
9182
9183 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9184 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9185 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9186 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9187 unconditional branches:
9188 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9189 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9190 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9191 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9192 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9193 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9194 instruction is not executed.
9195
9196 A bctr example:
9197 .
9198 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9199 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9200 . mtctr 9
9201 . bctr
9202 . nop
9203 . nop
9204 . new_page:
9205 .
9206 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9207 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9208 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9209 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9210 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9211 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9212 place:
9213 .
9214 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9215 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9216 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9217 . bctr bctr
9218 . nop b somewhere_else
9219 . b somewhere_else nop
9220 . new_page: new_page:
9221 . */
9222 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9223 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9224 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9225 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9226 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9227 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9228 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9229 continue;
9230
9231 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9232 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9233 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9234 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9235 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9236
9237 if (rel != NULL
9238 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9239 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9240 {
9241 asection *sreloc;
9242
9243 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9244 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9245 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9246 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9247 {
9248 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9249
9250 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9251 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9252 relend[-1] = tmp;
9253 }
9254 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9255
9256 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9257 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9258 {
9259 case R_PPC_REL16:
9260 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9261 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9262 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9263 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9264 break;
9265 default:
9266 break;
9267 }
9268
9269 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9270 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9271 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9272 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9273 if (sreloc != NULL)
9274 {
9275 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9276 bfd_vma soffset;
9277
9278 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9279 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9280 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9281 + input_section->output_offset);
9282 while (slo < shi)
9283 {
9284 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9285 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9286 &outrel);
9287 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9288 slo = srel + 1;
9289 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9290 shi = srel;
9291 else
9292 {
9293 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9294 {
9295 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9296 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9297 srel = srelend - 1;
9298 }
9299 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9300 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9301 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9302 break;
9303 }
9304 }
9305 }
9306 }
9307 else
9308 rel = NULL;
9309
9310 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9311 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9312 {
9313 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9314
9315 delta += offset - patch_off;
9316 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9317 delta = 0;
9318 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9319 {
9320 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9321
9322 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9323 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9324 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9325 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9326 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9327 else
9328 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9329
9330 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9331 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9332 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9333 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9334 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9335 }
9336 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9337 {
9338 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9339 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9340 contents + patch_off);
9341 patch_off += 4;
9342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9343 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9344 contents + patch_off);
9345 patch_off += 4;
9346 }
9347 else
9348 {
9349 if (rel != NULL)
9350 {
9351 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9352
9353 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9354 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9355 }
9356 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9357 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9358 contents + patch_off);
9359 patch_off += 4;
9360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9361 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9362 contents + patch_off);
9363 patch_off += 4;
9364 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9365 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9366 contents + patch_off);
9367 patch_off += 4;
9368 }
9369 }
9370 else
9371 {
9372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9373 patch_off += 4;
9374 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9375 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9376 contents + patch_off);
9377 patch_off += 4;
9378 }
9379 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9380 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9381 }
9382 }
9383
9384 return ret;
9385 }
9386 \f
9387 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9388
9389 static bfd_boolean
9390 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9391 {
9392 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9393 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9394 struct plt_entry *ent;
9395 bfd_boolean doneone;
9396
9397 doneone = FALSE;
9398 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9399 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9400 {
9401 if (!doneone)
9402 {
9403 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9404 bfd_byte *loc;
9405 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9406 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9407 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9408
9409 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9410 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9411 || h->dynindx == -1)
9412 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9413 else
9414 {
9415 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9416 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9417 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9418 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9419 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9420 }
9421
9422 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9423 Set it up. */
9424 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9425 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9426 && h->dynindx != -1)
9427 {
9428 bfd_vma got_offset;
9429 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9430
9431 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9432 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9433
9434 /* Use the right PLT. */
9435 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9436 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9437
9438 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9439 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9440 {
9441 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9442 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9443 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9444 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9445 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9446 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9447 }
9448 else
9449 {
9450 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9451
9452 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9453 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9454 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9455 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9456 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9457 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9458 }
9459
9460 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9461 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9462 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9463 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9464
9465 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9466 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9467 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9468 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9469 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9470 prescaled offset. */
9471 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9472 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9473 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9474 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9475 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9476 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9477 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9478 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9479 offset. */
9480 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9481 (plt_entry[5]
9482 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9483 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9484 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9485 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9486 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9487 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9488
9489 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9490 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9491 in this PLT entry. */
9492 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9493 + plt->output_offset
9494 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9495 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9496
9497 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9498 {
9499 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9500 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9501 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9502 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9503 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9504
9505 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9506 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9507 + plt->output_offset
9508 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9509 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9510 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9511 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9513 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9514
9515 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9516 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9517 + plt->output_offset
9518 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9519 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9520 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9521 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9522 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9523 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9524
9525 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9526 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9527 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9528 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9529 + got_offset);
9530 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9531 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9532 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9533 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9534 }
9535
9536 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9537 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9538 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9539 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9540 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9541 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9542 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9543 + got_offset);
9544 rela.r_addend = 0;
9545 }
9546 else
9547 {
9548 rela.r_addend = 0;
9549 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9550 || h->dynindx == -1)
9551 {
9552 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9553 {
9554 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9555 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9556 }
9557 else
9558 {
9559 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9560 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9561 }
9562 if (h->def_regular
9563 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9564 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9565 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9566 }
9567
9568 if (relplt == NULL)
9569 {
9570 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9571 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9572 }
9573 else
9574 {
9575 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9576 + plt->output_offset
9577 + ent->plt.offset);
9578
9579 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9580 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9581 || h->dynindx == -1)
9582 {
9583 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9584 linker will fill it in. */
9585 }
9586 else
9587 {
9588 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9589 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9590 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9591 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9592 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9593 }
9594 }
9595 }
9596
9597 if (relplt != NULL)
9598 {
9599 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9600 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9601 || h->dynindx == -1)
9602 {
9603 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9604 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9605 else
9606 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9607 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9608 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9609 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9610 }
9611 else
9612 {
9613 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9614 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9615 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9616 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9617 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9618 }
9619 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9620 }
9621 doneone = TRUE;
9622 }
9623
9624 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9625 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9626 || h->dynindx == -1)
9627 {
9628 unsigned char *p;
9629 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9630
9631 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9632 || h->dynindx == -1)
9633 {
9634 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9635 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9636 else
9637 break;
9638 }
9639
9640 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9641 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9642
9643 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9644 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9645 break;
9646 }
9647 else
9648 break;
9649 }
9650 return TRUE;
9651 }
9652
9653 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9654
9655 bfd_boolean
9656 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9657 {
9658 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9659 bfd *ibfd;
9660
9661 if (!htab)
9662 return TRUE;
9663
9664 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9665
9666 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9667 {
9668 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9669 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9670 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9671 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9672 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9673 struct plt_entry *ent;
9674
9675 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9676 continue;
9677
9678 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9679 if (!local_got)
9680 continue;
9681
9682 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9683 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9684 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9685 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9686 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9687 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9688 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9689 {
9690 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9691 {
9692 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9693 asection *sym_sec;
9694 asection *plt, *relplt;
9695 bfd_byte *loc;
9696 bfd_vma val;
9697 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9698 unsigned char *p;
9699
9700 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9701 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9702 {
9703 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9704 free (local_syms);
9705 return FALSE;
9706 }
9707
9708 val = sym->st_value;
9709 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9710 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9711
9712 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9713 {
9714 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9715 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9716 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9717 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9718 }
9719 else
9720 {
9721 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9722 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9723 {
9724 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9725 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9726 }
9727 else
9728 {
9729 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9730 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9731 continue;
9732 }
9733 }
9734
9735 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9736 + plt->output_offset
9737 + plt->output_section->vma);
9738 rela.r_addend = val;
9739 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9740 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9741 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9742
9743 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9744 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9745 }
9746 }
9747
9748 if (local_syms != NULL
9749 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9750 {
9751 if (!info->keep_memory)
9752 free (local_syms);
9753 else
9754 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9755 }
9756 }
9757 return TRUE;
9758 }
9759
9760 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9761 dynamic sections here. */
9762
9763 static bfd_boolean
9764 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9765 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9766 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9767 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9768 {
9769 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9770 struct plt_entry *ent;
9771
9772 #ifdef DEBUG
9773 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9774 h->root.root.string);
9775 #endif
9776
9777 if (!h->def_regular
9778 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9779 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9780 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9781 {
9782 if (!h->def_regular)
9783 {
9784 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9785 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9786 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9787 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9788 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9789 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9790 to zero. */
9791 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9792 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9793 sym->st_value = 0;
9794 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9795 {
9796 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9797 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9798 function pointer. */
9799 sym->st_value = 0;
9800 }
9801 }
9802 else
9803 {
9804 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9805 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9806 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9807 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9808 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9809 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9810 relocation. */
9811 sym->st_shndx
9812 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9813 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9814 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9815 + htab->glink->output_offset
9816 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9817 }
9818 break;
9819 }
9820
9821 if (h->needs_copy)
9822 {
9823 asection *s;
9824 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9825 bfd_byte *loc;
9826
9827 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9828
9829 #ifdef DEBUG
9830 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9831 #endif
9832
9833 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9834
9835 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9836 s = htab->relsbss;
9837 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9838 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9839 else
9840 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9841 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9842
9843 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9844 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9845 rela.r_addend = 0;
9846 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9847 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9848 }
9849
9850 #ifdef DEBUG
9851 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9852 #endif
9853
9854 return TRUE;
9855 }
9856 \f
9857 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9858 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9859 const asection *rel_sec,
9860 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9861 {
9862 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9863
9864 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9865 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9866
9867 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9868 {
9869 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9870 return reloc_class_relative;
9871 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9872 return reloc_class_plt;
9873 case R_PPC_COPY:
9874 return reloc_class_copy;
9875 default:
9876 return reloc_class_normal;
9877 }
9878 }
9879 \f
9880 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9881
9882 static bfd_boolean
9883 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9884 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9885 {
9886 asection *sdyn;
9887 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9888 bfd_vma got;
9889 bfd *dynobj;
9890 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9891
9892 #ifdef DEBUG
9893 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9894 #endif
9895
9896 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9897 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9898 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9899
9900 got = 0;
9901 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9902 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9903
9904 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9905 {
9906 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9907
9908 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9909
9910 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9911 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9912 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9913 {
9914 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9915 asection *s;
9916
9917 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9918
9919 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9920 {
9921 case DT_PLTGOT:
9922 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9923 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9924 else
9925 s = htab->elf.splt;
9926 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9927 break;
9928
9929 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9930 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9931 break;
9932
9933 case DT_JMPREL:
9934 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9935 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9936 break;
9937
9938 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9939 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9940 break;
9941
9942 case DT_TEXTREL:
9943 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9944 info->callbacks->einfo
9945 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9946 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9947 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9948 info->callbacks->einfo
9949 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9950 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9951 continue;
9952
9953 default:
9954 if (htab->is_vxworks
9955 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9956 break;
9957 continue;
9958 }
9959
9960 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9961 }
9962 }
9963
9964 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9965 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9966 {
9967 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9968 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9969 {
9970 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9971
9972 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9973 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9974 {
9975 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9976 so that a function can easily find the address of
9977 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9978 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9979 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9981 }
9982
9983 if (sdyn != NULL)
9984 {
9985 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
9986 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
9987 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
9989 }
9990 }
9991 else
9992 {
9993 /* xgettext:c-format */
9994 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9995 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
9996 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
9997 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
9998 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9999 ret = FALSE;
10000 }
10001
10002 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10003 }
10004
10005 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10006 if (htab->is_vxworks
10007 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10008 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10009 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10010 {
10011 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10012 /* Use the right PLT. */
10013 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10014 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10015 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10016
10017 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10018 {
10019 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10020
10021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10022 splt->contents + 0);
10023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10024 splt->contents + 4);
10025 }
10026 else
10027 {
10028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10030 }
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10037
10038 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10039 {
10040 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10041 bfd_byte *loc;
10042
10043 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10044
10045 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10046 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10047 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10048 + 2);
10049 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10050 rela.r_addend = 0;
10051 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10052 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10053
10054 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10055 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10056 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10057 + 6);
10058 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10059 rela.r_addend = 0;
10060 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10061 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10062
10063 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10064 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10065 in which symbols were output. */
10066 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10067 {
10068 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10069
10070 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10071 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10072 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10073 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10074
10075 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10076 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10078 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10079
10080 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10081 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10082 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10083 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10084 }
10085 }
10086 }
10087
10088 if (htab->glink != NULL
10089 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10090 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10091 {
10092 unsigned char *p;
10093 unsigned char *endp;
10094 bfd_vma res0;
10095
10096 /*
10097 * PIC glink code is the following:
10098 *
10099 * # ith PLT code stub.
10100 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10101 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10102 * mtctr 11
10103 * bctr
10104 *
10105 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10106 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10107 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10108 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10109 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10110 * .
10111 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10112 * res_n_m3: nop
10113 * res_n_m2: nop
10114 * res_n_m1:
10115 *
10116 * PLTresolve:
10117 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10118 * mflr 0
10119 * bcl 20,31,1f
10120 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10121 * mflr 12
10122 * mtlr 0
10123 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10124 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10125 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10126 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10127 * mtctr 0
10128 * add 0,11,11
10129 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10130 * bctr
10131 *
10132 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10133 *
10134 * # ith PLT code stub.
10135 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10136 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10137 * mtctr 11
10138 * bctr
10139 *
10140 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10141 *
10142 * PLTresolve:
10143 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10144 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10145 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10146 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10147 * mtctr 0
10148 * add 0,11,11
10149 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10150 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10151 * bctr
10152 */
10153
10154 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10155 and perhaps some padding. */
10156 p = htab->glink->contents;
10157 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10158 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10159 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10160 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10161 {
10162 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10163 p += 4;
10164 }
10165 while (p < endp)
10166 {
10167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10168 p += 4;
10169 }
10170
10171 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10172 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10173 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10174
10175 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10176 {
10177 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10178 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10179 glink branch table. */
10180 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10181 bfd_vma page_addr;
10182 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10183 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10184
10185 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10186 page_addr > glink_start;
10187 page_addr -= pagesize)
10188 {
10189 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10190 bfd_byte *loc;
10191 unsigned int insn;
10192
10193 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10194 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10195 if (insn == BCTR)
10196 {
10197 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10198 one other call stub before this one. */
10199 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10200 if (insn == BCTR)
10201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10202 else
10203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10204 }
10205 }
10206 }
10207
10208 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10209 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10210 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10211 {
10212 bfd_vma bcl;
10213
10214 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10215 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10216 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10217
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10219 p += 4;
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10221 p += 4;
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10223 p += 4;
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10225 p += 4;
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10227 p += 4;
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10229 p += 4;
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10231 p += 4;
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10233 p += 4;
10234 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10235 {
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10237 p += 4;
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10239 p += 4;
10240 }
10241 else
10242 {
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10244 p += 4;
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10246 p += 4;
10247 }
10248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10249 p += 4;
10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10251 }
10252 else
10253 {
10254 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10255 p += 4;
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10257 p += 4;
10258 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10260 else
10261 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10262 p += 4;
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10264 p += 4;
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10266 p += 4;
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10268 p += 4;
10269 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10271 else
10272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10273 }
10274 p += 4;
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10276 p += 4;
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10278 p += 4;
10279 while (p < endp)
10280 {
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10282 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10283 p += 4;
10284 }
10285 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10286 }
10287
10288 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10289 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10290 {
10291 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10292 bfd_vma val;
10293
10294 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10295 /* FDE length. */
10296 p += 4;
10297 /* CIE pointer. */
10298 p += 4;
10299 /* Offset to .glink. */
10300 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10301 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10302 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10303 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10304 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10305 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10306
10307 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10308 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10309 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10310 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10311 return FALSE;
10312 }
10313
10314 return ret;
10315 }
10316 \f
10317 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10318 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10319 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10320 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10321 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10322 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10323 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10324 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10325 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10326 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10327 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10328
10329 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10330 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10331 #endif
10332
10333 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10334 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10335 #endif
10336
10337 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10338 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10339 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10340 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10341 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10342 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10343
10344 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10345 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10346 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10347 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10348 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10349 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10350 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10351 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10352
10353 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10354 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10355 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10356 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10357 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10358 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10359 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10360 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10361 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10362 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10363 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10364 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10365 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10366 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10367 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10368 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10369 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10370 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10371 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10372 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10373 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10374 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10375 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10376 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10377 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10378 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10379 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10380 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10381 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10382
10383 #include "elf32-target.h"
10384
10385 /* FreeBSD Target */
10386
10387 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10388 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10389
10390 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10391 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10392 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10393 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10394
10395 #undef ELF_OSABI
10396 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10397
10398 #undef elf32_bed
10399 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10400
10401 #include "elf32-target.h"
10402
10403 /* VxWorks Target */
10404
10405 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10406 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10407
10408 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10409 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10410 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10411 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10412
10413 #undef ELF_OSABI
10414
10415 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10416 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10417 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10418 {
10419 if (sec->name == NULL)
10420 return NULL;
10421
10422 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10423 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10424
10425 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10426 }
10427
10428 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10429 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10430 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10431 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10432 {
10433 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10434
10435 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10436 if (ret)
10437 {
10438 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10439 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10440 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10441 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10442 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10443 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10444 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10445 }
10446 return ret;
10447 }
10448
10449 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10450 static bfd_boolean
10451 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10452 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10453 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10454 const char **namep,
10455 flagword *flagsp,
10456 asection **secp,
10457 bfd_vma *valp)
10458 {
10459 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10460 valp))
10461 return FALSE;
10462
10463 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10464 }
10465
10466 static bfd_boolean
10467 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10468 {
10469 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10470 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10471 }
10472
10473 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10474 define it. */
10475 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10476 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10477 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10478 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10479 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10480 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10481 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10482 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10483 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10484 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10485 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10486 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10487 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10488 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10489
10490 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10491
10492 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10493 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10494 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10495 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10496 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10497 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10498 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10499 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10500 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10501 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10502 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10503 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10504 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10505 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10506 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10507 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10508 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10509 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10510
10511 #undef elf32_bed
10512 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10513
10514 #include "elf32-target.h"
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository